JVC HV-L29PRO, HV-L34PRO Instructions Manual

COLOUR TELEVISION

HV-L34PRO

HV-L29PRO

Contents

Setting up your TV . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

TV buttons and functions . . . . . . . . 6

Remote control buttons

and functions . . . 8

Using the TV's menu . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Basic operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

PICTURE SETTING menu . . . . . 20

PICTURE FEATURES menu . . . 21

SOUND SETTING menu . . . . . . 24

FEATURES menu . . . . . . . . . . . 26

INSTALL menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

DEMO menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Additional preparation . . . . . . . . . . 36

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

INSTRUCTIONS

© 2001 VICTOR COMPANY OF JAPAN, LIMITED

LCT0959-001B-H_p01-21

Black

1

LCT0959-001B-H

0601-T-AB-NV-JMT

7/3/1, 8:15 PM

Thank you for buying this JVC colour television.

To make sure you understand how to use your new TV, please read this manual thoroughly before you begin.

WARNING:

TO PREVENT FIRE OR SHOCK HAZARD, DO NOT EXPOSE THIS APPLI-

ANCE TO RAIN OR MOISTURE.

CAUTION:

TO ENSURE PERSONAL SAFETY, OBSERVE THE FOLLOWING

RULES REGARDING THE USE OF THIS TV.

1 Operate only from the power source indicated on the rear of the TV.

2 Avoid damaging the power cord and mains plug. When unpluging the TV, grasp the mains plug. Do not pull on the power cord.

3 Never block or cover the ventilation openings.

Never install the TV where good ventilation is unattainnable.

When installing this TV, leave spaces for ventilation around the TV of more than the minimum distances as shown.

15 cm

10 cm 10 cm 15 cm

4 Do not allow objects or liquid into the cabinet openings.

5 In the event of a fault, unplug the unit and call a service technician.

Do not attempt to repair it yourself or remove the rear cover.

6 The surface of the TV screen is easily damaged. Be very careful with it when handling the TV. Should the TV screen become soiled, wipe it with a soft dry cloth. Never use rub it forcefully.

Never use any cleaner or detergent on it.

7 If you are not going to use this TV for a long preriod of time, be sure to disconnect the AC plug from the AC soket.

2

LCT0959-001B-H_p01-21

Black

2 7/3/1, 8:15 PM

Setting up your TV

CAUTION

• Turn off all the epuipment including the TV before connecting anything.

1 Connecting the aerial and VCR

• Aerial cable is not supplied. Use a good quality 75-ohm coaxial cable.

• Read the manual that came with the VCR before connecting.

If not connecting a VCR (see fig.A) :

Connect an aerial cable to the aerial socket on this TV .

If connecting a VCR (see fig.B) :

1 Connect the aerial cable to the aerial input socket on the VCR, and connect the VCR and TV with another aerial cable.

2 Connect the VCR's VIDEO OUT

(video output) jack and the TV's

VIDEO jack with a video cable.

To connect a VCR to the TV with an S-VIDEO cable:

Connect the VCR's S-VIDEO OUT (S-VIDEO output) connector and TV's S connector with an S-

VIDEO cable, instead of connecting with a video cable A .

3 Connect the VCR's VIDEO OUT

(audio L/R output) jacks and the TV's

AUDIO jacks (L/MONO and R) with an audio cable.

• If the VCR's audio output is in mono, connect the VCR's AUDIO OUT (audio output) jack and the TV's AUDIO L/MONO jack with an audio cable.

• You can use the AV COMPU LINK function if your VCR has an AV COMPU LINK terminal.

For details, see “Connecting AV COMPU LINK

Supported Devices” on page 38.

Fig.A

Back of the TV

R

AUDIO

L/MONO VIDEO

OVER

S

VIDEO-1

VIDEO-2

C

R

C

B

R AUDIO L/MONO

Y/VIDEO

VIDEO-3/

COMPONENT

R

AUDIO

L VIDEO

AV COMPULINK

Fig.B

A

OUTPUT

Back of the TV

R

AUDIO

L/MONO VIDEO

OVER

S

R AUDIO

C

B

L/MONO

Y/VIDEO

VIDEO-1

VIDEO-2

VIDEO-3/

COMPONENT

OUTPUT

R

AUDIO

L VIDEO

AV COMPULINK

7/3/1, 8:15 PM LCT0959-001B-H_p01-21

Black

3

3

Setting up your TV

2 Connecting the power cord

Connect the mains plug to the AC outlet.

3 Putting the batteries into the

Remote control

Use two AA/R6 batteries.

Insert the batteries from the end, making sure the

and polaritiles are correct.

• Follow the warnings printed on the batteries.

• If the remote control does not work properly, replace the batteries.

• The batteries we supply are only for setting up and testing your TV. Please replace them as soon as necessary.

4 MakIng the initial settings

When the TV is first turned on, it enters the initial setting mode, and the JVC logo is displayed.

1 Press the main power button on the TV

The TV is turned on, and the JVC logo appears.

• If the power lamp on the TV lights red and does not change to green, your TV is in the standby mode. Press the POWER button on the remote control to turn the TV on.

• If the JVC logo does not appear, your TV has already been turned before .In this case,use the

"LANGUAGE" and "AUTO PROGRAM" functions to make the initial settings. For details, see

"INSTALL" on page 29.

2 Press the MENU/OK button

The LANGUAGE menu appears. You can choose a language for the on-screen language.

SPATIALIZER ECO POWER

POWER lamp

Main power button

OK

TV

:OK

:EXIT

DISP :BACK

4

LCT0959-001B-H_p01-21

Black

4 7/3/1, 8:15 PM

3 Press the

/

buttons to choose

ENGLISH. Then press the MENU/OK button.

The AUTO PROGRAM function starts.

The TV channels you receive are automaticlly stored in the programme numbers list.

AUTO PROGRAM

CH 10

20%

OK :OK

DISP :BACK

• To cancel the AUTO PROGRAM function, press the DISPLAY button.

4 After the TV channels have been stored in the programme number (PR) list, the EDIT menu appears.

EDIT

04

05

06

07

08

09

PR ID

AV

01

02

03

CH/CC

OK

TV

:OK

:EXIT

DISP :BACK

MOVE

CH

CH

CH

CH

CH

CH

CC

CC

CC

21

22

23

24

25

26

01

02

03

ID

INSERT

DELETE

MANUAL

• You can proceed to edit the programme numbers list using the EDIT/MANUAL function.

For details, see "EDIT/MANUAL" on page 30.

• If a TV cannel you want to view is not stored in the programme numbers list, you can register it using the MANUAL function.

For details, see "EDIT/MANUAL" on page 30.

• The AUTO PROGRAM function does not store a

TV channel to the programme number 0 (AV).

• If you do not need to use the EDIT/MANUAL function, press the MENU/OK button to close the

EDIT menu.

Now, setting up is complete.

Please enjoy your new JVC TV!

Setting up your TV

POWER

TV/VIDEO

ZOOM SPATIALIZER BASS

PICTURE

MODE

1 2 3

4 5 6

7 8 9

RETURN

0

MULTI

O

V

E

N

L

C

MUTING

PIP

POSITION

FREEZE

SUB-P

PIP

MENU/

OK

NEXT

SWAP

STROBE

DISPLAY

SYSTEM

COLOUR SOUND TV/TEXT

HOLD MODE REVEAL SIZE

SUBPAGE STORE CANCEL INDEX

TEXT

5

LCT0959-001B-H_p01-21

Black

5 7/3/1, 8:15 PM

6

TV buttons and functions

0

9

8

7

2

1

S

OVER

V L/MONO

IN (VIDEO-4)

R

MENU

OK

CHANEL VOLUME TV/VIDEO

EXIT

-


(Behind the cover)

6 5 4 3

Turn the main power on

Press the main power button

1

.

The POWER lamp 2 lights red and your TV is in the standby mode.

To turn the main power off : press the main power button again.

The POWER lamp 2 goes off.

Turn the TV on from standby mode

Press the CHANNEL-/+ buttons

5

.

The POWER lamp 2 lights red to green and your TV will be turned on.

• You can also turn on the TV by pressing the

TV/VIDEO button 3 while it is in standby mode.

Choose a TV channel

Press the CHANNEL-/+ buttons

5

.

Choose a VIDEO terminal

Press the TV/VIDEO button

3

or

CHANNEL-/+ buttons

5

.

Adjust the volume

Press the VOLUME-/+ buttons

4

.

The volume level indicater appears.

MENU button

6

Press to open the menu.

For details, see "Operation with the buttons on the TV" on page 19.

Remote control sensor and ECO sensor

9

ECO lamp

7

If you set the DIGITAL ECO SENSOR function to ON or DISPLAY, the ECO lamp lights.

SPATIALIZER lamp

8

If you set the SPATIALIZER function to MONO or LIVE,the SPATIALIZER lamp lights.

LCT0959-001B-H_p01-21

Black

6 7/3/1, 8:15 PM

R

AUDIO

L/MONO VIDEO

OVER

S

C

R

C

B

R AUDIO

Y/VIDEO

VIDEO-1

VIDEO-2

VIDEO-3

COMPONENT

OUTPUT

R

AUDIO

L

VIDEO

AV COMPU LINK

R

AUDIO

L/MONO

VIDEO

OVER

S

C

R

C

B

R

AUDIO

L/MONO

Y/VIDEO

VIDEO-1

VIDEO-2

VIDEO-3/

COMPONENT

OUTPUT

R

AUDIO

L

VIDEO

AV COMPU LINK

$ #

=

~

!

@

TV buttons and functions

Headphone jack

0

Connect the headphones with a stereo mini-jack (3.5mm in diameter).

When using the headphones, follow the operation procedure "HEADPHONE" on page 25.

VIDEO-1 terminal

=

• See page 3 and 36.


~

• See page 36.

VIDEO-3/COMPONENT terminal

!



-

• See page 36.

OUTPUT terminal

@

• See page 36.

Aerial socket

#

Connect the aerial cable.

• See page 3.

AV COMPU LINK terminal

$


LCT0959-001B-H_p01-21

Black

7 7/3/1, 8:15 PM

7

Remote control buttons and functions

POWER

TV/VIDEO


PICTURE

MODE

1 2 3

4 5 6

7 8 9

RETURN

0

E

N

L

MULTI

MUTING

V

O

PIP

POSITION

FREEZE

SUB-P

PIP

NEXT

MENU/

OK

SWAP

STROBE

DISPLAY

Turn the TV on from standby mode

Press the POWER button.

The POWER lamp lights red to green and your TV will be turned on.

• You can turn on the TV from the standby mode by pressing the TV/VIDEO button, the CHANNEL -/+ buttons or the number buttons.

To turn the TV off:

Press the POWER button again.

The POWER lamp changes from green to red and the TV enters standby mode.

Choose a TV channel

Choose a programme number in which a TV channel has been set.

Press the CHANNEL-/+ buttons or enter the programme number (PR) with the number buttons.

• If you want to put a two-digit channel into the TV, press the -/--button to change to the two-digit entry system.

• You can select a channel from the PR LIST. For details, see "DISPLAY button" on page 11.

• If you do not have a clear picture or no colour appears, follow the operation procedure "COLOUR

SYSTEM button" on page 11.

SYSTEM




TEXT

Adjust the volume

Press the VOLUME-/+ buttons.

• You cannot adjust the volume of your headphones.

Follow the operation procedure "HEADPHONE" on page 25.

Watch images from external devices

Choose a VIDEO terminal to which the external device has been connected.

Press the TV/VIDEO button.

• You can choose a VIDEO terminal with the CHANNEL

-/+ buttons or from the PR LIST.

To return to a TV channel:

Press the TV/VIDEO button, the CHANNEL-/+ buttons or the number buttons.

8

LCT0959-001B-H_p01-21

Black

8 7/3/1, 8:15 PM

MUTING button

Press the MUTING button to turn off the volume. Pressing the MUTING button again resumes the previous volume level.

Remote control buttons and functions

16:9

This mode converts a normal picture (4:3 aspect ratio) into a Wide picture (16:9 aspect ratio).

ZOOM button

You can change the screen size according to the picture aspect ratio. Choose the optimum one from the following ZOOM modes.

Press the ZOOM button to choose a mode.

• If you press the ZOOM button when receiving the Progressive Video Signal (525P signal), “525P” appears on the screen and the ZOOM function does not operate.

REGULAR

Use to view a normal picture (4:3 aspect ratio) as its original size is.

ZOOM

You can zoom up the Wide picture (16:9 aspect ratio) to fill the TV screen.

• The left side and right side of the Wide picture (16:9 aspect ratio) will be cut off.

• Use for picture with a 16:9 aspect ratio that have been squeezed into a normal picture (4:3 aspect ratio), you can restore their original demensions.

SPATIALIZER button

You can enjoy Surround sound with a

"live" effect by using the SPATIALIZER function.

Press the SPATIALIZER button to choose a mode.

LIVE :

Live allows you to enjoy normal stereo sound converting it into surround sound with added depth and ambience.

MONO :

Mono allows you to enjoy normal monaural sound by converting it into a stereo-like sound.

OFF :

This function is turned off.

• The LIVE mode works properly only with stereo sound.

• The LIVE mode does not work correctly with headphones.

• The MONO mode works properly only with monaural sound.

The SPATIALIZER is manufactured under lisense from Desper Products,Inc.

9

LCT0959-001B-H_p01-21

Black

9 7/3/1, 8:15 PM


BASS button

You can enjoy a powerful bass sound by using the SUPER BASS(Super Bass Reflex) function.

Press the BASS button to turn the

SUPER BASS function on or off.

ON :

This function is turned on.

OFF :


PICTURE MODE button

You can choose one of three PICTURE

MODEs (three kinds of picture setting) to adjust the picture settings automatically.

Press the PICTURE MODE button choose a mode.

BRIGHT :

Heightens contrast and sharpness.

STANDARD :

Standardizes picture adjustment.

SOFT :

Softens contrast and sharpness.

RETURN+ button

The RETURN+ button has two functions; the RETURN+ function and the RETURN function. If a channel has been registerd as the "Return Channel", the RETURN+ function operates. If there is no setting for the "Return Channel", the RETURN function operates.

RETURN+ function :

By registering a channel you frequently view as the "Return Channel", you can select that channel at any time simply by pressing the RETURN+ button.

To register a TV channel as the

"Return Channel" :

Choose the Programme number to which the channel you want to register has been set, and press the RETURN+ button and hold for more than 3 seconds continuously.

"RETURN PLUS PROGRAMMED!" is displayed and the registration is completed.

To cancel register a TV channel as the

"Return Channel" : while viewing any TV channel, press the

RETURN+ button and hold for more than 3 seconds continuously. "RETURN PLUS

CANCELED!" is displayed and the registration is cancelled.

• When you turn off the TV, the registration for the "Return Channel" is cancelled.

• If you want to view the "Return Channel" and another TV channel alternately, first choose a channel other than the

"Return Channel". and then press the

RETURN+ button to change the channel to the "Return Channel" In this way, you can view two channels alternately by pressing the RETURN+ button.

RETURN function :

The TV temporarily memorises the TV channel that was choosen right before the current TV channel as the "Last Channel".

By pressing the RETUTN+ button, you can alternately view the current TV channel and the "Last Channel".

• If you want to view two channels alternately by using the RETURN function, first choose one TV channel and then choose the other TV channel with the Number buttons. If you choose the TV channel without using the

Number buttons, there are cases where a channel other than the one you first chose is registered as the "Last

Channel".

10

LCT0959-001B-H_p01-21

Black

10 7/3/1, 8:15 PM

/ button

When you are viewing a bilingual broadcast programme, you can choose the sound from

Bilingual I (Sub I) or Bilingual II (Sub II). When the stereo broadcasting is received poorly, you can change from stereo to mono sound so that you can hear the broadcast more clearly and easily.

Press the / button to choose a sound mode.

: Stereo sound

: mono sound

: Bilingual I (sub I)

: Bilingual II (sub II)

MONO : Cancels the Multi Sound function,

and the sound becomes monaural.

• The sound mode you can choose differs depending on the TV programme.

• This function does not work in the VIDEO modes.


Choose a TV channel or a

VIDEO terminal

1 Press the DISPLAY button to display the PR LIST.

2 Press the

/

and

/

buttons to choose a programme number or VIDEO terminal.

Then press the MENU/OK button.

• For programme numbers with the

CHANNEL GUARD function set, the

(CHANNEL GUARD) mark is displayed next to the programme number in the PR

LIST.

• The VIDEO terminals are registered after the programme number PR99.

DISPLAY button

You can display the PR LIST, programme number or VIDEO terminal number on the screen.

Press the DISPLAY button.

Press the DISPLAY button changes the display as follows:

PR LIST

PR

AV

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

ID

OK

TV

:OK

:EXIT

-10 +10

1

No indication

COLOUR SYSTEM button

The colour system is chosen automatically.

However, if the picture is not clear or no colour appears, choose the colour system manually.

Press the COLOUR SYSTEM button to choose the appropriate colour system.

AUTO :

This function detects a colour system from the input signal.

• The AUTO mode may not function properly if you have poor signal quality.

If the picture is abnormal in the AUTO mode, choose another colour system manually.

• The AUTO mode detects a colour system from the input signal and chooses the appropiate colour system automatically.

• When changing the COLOUR SYSTEM of the SUB-picture, see "Change the colour system of the SUB-picture" on page 15 for details.

11

LCT0959-001B-H_p01-21

Black

11 7/3/1, 8:15 PM


• You can only use the AUTO mode when you are viewing a picture from the programme number PR 0 (AV), or a VIDEO terminal.

• You cannot choose NTSC 3.58 or

NTSC 4.43 for programme numbers

PR 0 (AV) to PR 99.

• For the colour systems in each country or region, see the table

"BROADCASTING SYSTEMS" on page 12.

SOUND SYSTEM button

The sound system is chosen automatically. However, if you cannot hear the sound normally even when the picture appers normally, chooes the sound system maunually.

Press the SOUND SYSTEM button to choose the appropriate sound system.

B/G

: B/G system

I

: I system

D/K

: D/K system

M

: M system

• This function does not work in the

VIDEO mode.

• For the sound systems in each country or region, see the table

"BROADCASTING SYSTEMS" on page 12.

BROADCASTING SYSTEMS

For sound sysytem colour system in your country or rigion, refer to the table below.

COLOUR SYSTEM

Area

Asia,

Country or Region

Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar,

United Arab Emirates, Yemen, etc.

Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore,

Thailand, India, etc.

China, Vietnam, etc

Hong Kong, etc

Middle

East

Islamic Republic of Iran, Lebanon,

Saudi Arabia, etc.

Philippines, Taiwan, Myanmar, etc

Russia, etc

Czech Republic, Poland, etc

Europe

Germany, Holland, Belgium, etc

UK, etc

Oceania Australia, New Zealand, etc

Republic of South Africa, etc

Africa

Nigeria, etc

Egypt, Morocco, etc

System

PAL

PAL

PAL

SECAM

NTSC

SECAM

PAL

PAL

PAL

PAL

PAL

PAL

SECAM

SOUND SYSTEM

Area Country or Region

Asia,

Middle

Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar,

United Arab Emirates, Yemen, etc.

Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore,

Thailand, India, etc.

China, Vietnam, etc

Hong Kong, etc

East

Islamic Republic of Iran, Lebanon,

Saudi Arabia, etc.

Philippines, Taiwan, Myanmar, etc

Russia, etc

Europe

Czech Republic, Poland, etc

Germany, Holland, Belgium, etc

UK, etc

Oceania Australia, New Zealand, etc

Republic of South Africa, etc

Africa

Nigeria, etc

Egypt, Morocco, etc

System

B/G

D/K

I

B/G

M

D/K

D/K

I

B/G

I

B/G

B/G

B/G

12

LCT0959-001B-H_p01-21

Black

12 7/3/1, 8:15 PM

FREEZE button

You can view the Main picture's forzen image as the SUB-picture.

Press the FREEZE button.

MAIN Still pictures

To cancel the FREEZE function :

Press the FREEZE button again.

• You cannot use the FREEZE button when the SUB-picture or the MAIN-picture are displayed on the screen.

• If you press the FREEZE button when receiving the Progressive Video Signal

(525P signal), “525P” appears on the screen and the FREEZE function does not operate.


• If you press the STROBE button when receiving the Progressive Video Signal

(525P signal), “525P” appears on the screen and the STROBE function does not operate.

• You cannot change the TINT setting for the still images on the screen even if you are viewing a programme with

NTSC colour system.

Using the MULTI function

You can display multi-pictures that enable you to easily find a program you want to view.

1 Press the MULTI button.

Press the MULTI button changes the display as follow:

STROBE button

You can view the MAIN-picture as 15 consecutive still images.

Press the STROBE button.

MAIN

5-pictures multi mode

2

1 1

3

Still pictures

4

5

Moving picture

Moving picture

To cancel the STROBE function:

Press the STROBE button to return to the

MAIN-picture.

• If signal level of the MAIN-picture is weak, the still images become abnormal.

• You cannot use the STROBE button when the SUB-picture or the MAINpicture are displayed on the screen.

16-pictures multi mode

1

5

2

6

3

7

4

8

Still pictures

9 10 11 12

13 14 15 5 16

Moving picture

Cancel the MULTI function

To display next Multi pictures :

Press the NEXT button.

13

LCT0959-001B-H_p01-21

Black

13 7/3/1, 8:15 PM


2 Choose the desired picture with the

/

and

/

buttons, and then press the MENU/OK button.

The screen switches to the TV channel or

VIDEO mode of your choice.

Using the PIP function

You can view two pictures (MAIN and SUB) at the same time.

Press the PIP button.

Press the PIP button changes the display as follows:

• Any programme numbers to which no TV channel has been registered, or programme numbers to which

CHANNEL GUARD has been set is not displayed.

• You cannot perform menu operations such as headphone volume adjustment.

Cancel the MULTI function once to perform menu operations.

• If you press the MULTI button when receiving the Progressive Video Signal

(525P signal), “525P” appears on the screen and the MULTI function does not operate.

• During the short period that is required for the Multi-pictures display to close no sound comes from the television.

MAIN

SUB

MAIN

Twin pictures mode

Picture in picture mode

5

2 5

2

SUB

Cancel the PIP function

• You cannot view a picture from the same programme number (or the same VIDEO terminal) as both the MAIN-picture and the SUB-picture at the same time.

• If the MAIN-picture signal is poor, then the quality of the SUB-picture may also be poor.

• If the picture standards of both pictures are different, the top and bottom or one of them may be missing.

• The ZOOM function does not operate when viewing pictures using the PIP function.

• The SUB-picture cannot be output from

TV.

• If you press the PIP button when receiving the Progressive Video Signal (525P signal), “525P” appears on the screen and the PIP function does not operate.

14

LCT0959-001B-H_p01-21

Black

14 7/3/1, 8:16 PM

Choose a TV channel for the SUB-picture

Press the SUB-P -/+ button.

Listen to the sound of SUBpicture

You can listen to the sound of SUB-picture on your headphones while listening to the sound of MAIN-picture on the TV speakers.

For details, see "HEADPHONE" on page 25.


POSITION button

You can adjust the position of the SUB-

Picture when using the Picture in picture mode.

Press the POSITION button repeatedly.

Each time you press the button, the SUB-

Picture moves counterclockwise.

Change the colour system of the SUB-picture

1 While the SUB-picture is displayed, press the MENU/OK button to display the MENU

(main manu).

2 Press the

/

buttons to choose COLOUR SYSTEM, and then press the MENU/OK button.

COLOUR SYSTEM

MAIN

NTSC 3.58

SUB

AUTO

OK :OK

:EXIT TV

DISP :BACK

SWAP button

You can replace the MAIN-picture and the

SUB-picture with each other.

Press the SWAP button.

3 Press the

/

buttons to choose SUB, and then press the

/

buttons to choose the appropriate colour system. Then press the MENU/OK button.

• You cannot change the COLOUR

SYSTEM of the SUB-picture using the

COLOUR SYSTEM button on the remote control.

• Do not press the SWAP button while you are recording the TV output on the VCR.

If you do, the output signal will change.

15

LCT0959-001B-H_p01-21

Black

15 7/3/1, 8:16 PM


Viewing a teletext programme

1 Choose a TV channel with a teletext broadcast.

2 Press the TV/TEXT button.

Press the TV/TEXT button changes the mode as follows:

HOLD button

You can hold a teletext page on the screen for as long as you want, even while several other teletext pages are being received.

Press the HOLD button.

The (hold) are displayed at the top left of the screen.

To cancel the Hold function:

Press the HOLD button again.

TV mode TV and

Text mode

REVEAL button

Some teletext pages include hidden text

(such as answers to a quiz).

You can display the hidden text.

Each time you press the REVEAL button, text is hidden or revealed.

Text mode

3 Choose a teletext page by pressing the CHANNEL-/+ buttons, number buttons or coloured buttons.

To return to the TV mode:

Press the TV/TEXT button or TV/VIDEO button.

• If you have trouble receiving tetetext broadcasts, consult your local dealer or the broadcast station.

• In the Text mode, the ZOOM mode is fixed to the REGULAR mode.

• No menu operations are possible when viewing a teletext programme.

• If characters on a teletext programme do not appear properly, change the

TELETEXT LANGUAGE setting. For details, see “TELETEXT LANGUAGE” on page 34.

SIZE button

You can double the height of teletext display.

Press the SIZE button.

INDEX button

You can return to the index page instantly.

Press the INDEX button.

• In the List mode, you can return to the page number displayed in the lower left area of the screen.

CANCEL button

You can serch for a teletext page while watching TV.

1 Press the number button to enter a page number, or press the coloured button.

The TV searches for a teletext page.

16

LCT0959-001B-H_p01-21

Black

16 7/3/1, 8:16 PM

2 Press the CANCEL button.

The TV programme appears. When the

TV finds the teletext page, its page number appears in the upper left of the screen.

3 Press the CANCEL button to return to a teletext page when the page number is on the screen.

• You cannot return to the TV mode with the CANCEL button.

SUBPAGE button

Some teletext pages include sub-pages that are automatically displayed. You can hold any sub-page, or veiw it at any time.

1 Press the SUBPAGE button to operate the Sub-page function.

Sub-page numbers are displayed at the left of the screen.

Colour*

Yellow

White

Blue or Red

Meaning of sub-page number

Currently being displayed.

Can be displayed.

Cannot be displayed and

it is not sent.

* : Background color of the sub-page

number.

2 Press the

/

buttons to choose a sub-page number.

To cancel the Sub-page function:

Press the SUBPAGE button again.


Using the List mode

You can store the numbers of your favourite teletext pages in memory and call them up quickly using the coloured buttons.

To store the page numbers :

1 Press the MODE button to engage the List mode.

The stored page numbers are displayed at the buttom of the screen.

2 Press a coloured button to choose a position. Then press the number buttons to enter the page number.

3 Press and hold down the

STORE button.

The four page numbers blink white to indicate that they are stored in memory.

To call up a stored page :

1 Press the MODE button to engage the List mode.

2 Press a coloured button to which a page has been assigned.

To exit the List mode :

Press the MODE button again.

LCT0959-001B-H_p01-21

Black

17 7/3/1, 8:16 PM

17

Using the TV's menu

This TV has a number of functions you can operate using menus.

To fully utilize all your TV's functions, you need to understand the basic menu operating techniques fully.

POWER

TV/VIDEO


PICTURE

MODE

1 2 3

4 5 6

7 8 9

RETURN

0

Basic operation

1 Press the MENU/OK button to display the MENU (main menu).

MENU

PICTURE SETTING

PICTURE FEATURES

SOUND SETTING

FEATURES

OK

TV

:OK

:EXIT

DISP :BACK

INSTALL

DEMO

MULTI

E

N

L

PIP

POSITION

FREEZE

MUTING

O

V

SUB-P

PIP

MENU/

OK

NEXT

SWAP

STROBE

DISPLAY

• The display appearing at the bottom of a menu indicates buttons on the remote control you can use when you operate a chosen function.

OK

TV

DISP.

MENU/OK button

TV/VIDEO button

DISPLAY button

SYSTEM




TEXT

2 Press the

/

buttons and

/

to choose a menu title, and press the

MENU/OK button.

The menu appears.

To return to the previous menu:


To exit a menu instantly:

Press the TV/VIDEO button.

3 Press the

/

buttons to choose a function.

• For details of the functions in the menus, see the following pages.

18

LCT0959-001B-H_p01-21

Black

18 7/3/1, 8:16 PM

4 Press the

/

buttons to choose the setting of that function.

• If you want to operate a function which appears only with its name, follow the descriptions of that function on the following pages.

• The display appearing at the bottom of a menu shows you a button on the remote control that you can use when you operate a chosen function.

5 Press the MENU/OK button to comple the setting.

The menu disappears.

• When watching the television with the

NTSC system, the menus ae displayed at about half of their normal verical size.

Operation with the buttons on the TV

You can also operate the menus using the buttons on the front panel of the TV.

OK button

/ buttons

/ buttons

TV/VIDEO button

MENU

OK


EXIT

• There is no button on the front panel of the TV that has the function of the

DISPLAY or coloured buttons.

Using the TV's menu

LCT0959-001B-H_p01-21

Black

19 7/3/1, 8:16 PM

19

Using the TV's menu

PICTURE SETTING menu

PICTURE SETTING

PICTURE MODE

CONTRAST

BRIGHT

SHARP

COLOUR

TINT

WHITE BALANCE

DIGITAL ECO SENSOR

OK

TV

:OK

:EXIT

DISP :BACK

STANDARD

MID

ON

RESET

PICTURE MODE

You can choose one of three PICTURE

MODEs to adjust the picture settings automatically.

BRIGHT:

Heightens contrast and sharpness.

STANDARD:

Standardizes picture adjustment.

SOFT:

Softens contrast and sharpness.

• You can also operate the PICTURE

MODE function with the PICTURE MO-

DE button on the remote control.

For details, see "PICTURE MODE button" on page 10.

Adjusting the picture

You can change the picture settings of each picture mode as you like. The picture settings changed are stored in the picture mode.

CONTRAST

You can adjust the picture contrast.

: lower

: higer

BRIGHT

You can adjust the picture brighetness.

: darker

: brighter

SHARP

You can adjust the picture sharpness.

: softer

: sharper

• You cannot select the SHARP function when receiving the Progressive Video

Signal (525P signal).

COLOUR

You can adjust the picture colour.

: lighter

: deeper

TINT

You can adjust the picture tint.

: reddish

: greenish

• You can change the TINT setting (picture tint) only when the colour system is

NTSC 3.58 or NTSC 4.43.

• You cannot select the TINT function when receiving the Progressive Video Signal

(525P signal).

To return to the default settings in each PICTURE MODE :

Press the blue button. Returns the picture settings in the currently chosen PICTURE

MODE mode to the default settings, and stores them in the PICTURE MODE again.

WHITE BALANCE

You can select one of three WHITE BAL-

ANCE modes (three tones of white) to adjust the white balance of the picture. Since white is the colour which is used as a refernce for all the other colours, changing the WHITE

BALANCE mode affects the appearance of all the other colours on the screen.

COOL:

A bluish white. Using this mode when watching bright pictures allows you to enjoy a more vivid and bright picture.

20

LCT0959-001B-H_p01-21

Black

20 7/3/1, 8:16 PM

MID:

The normal white colour.

WARM:

A raddish white. Using this mode when watching films allows you to enjoy colours that are characteristic of films.

• You cannot select the WHITE BALANCE function in the Twin pictures mode or the

16:9 mode of the ZOOM function.

DIGITAL ECO SENSOR

When you set the DIGITAL ECO SENSOR function to ON, the screen contrast is automatically adjusted to a setting suitable for the brightness of your room. This reduces eye strain for you and the power consumption of the TV.

ON :


OFF :


DISPLAY :

This function is turned on. Further, clover marks indicating the brightness of your room are displayed for several seconds each time the brightness changes. The number of clover marks displayed on the screen increases as your room becomes darker.

Using the TV's menu

PICTURE FEATURES menu

PICTURE FEATURES

DIGITAL VNR

DigiPure

PULL DOWN

COLOUR SYSTEM

ZOOM

PICTIRE TILT

OK

TV

:OK

:EXIT

DISP

:BACK

AUTO

AUTO

AUTO

DIGITAL VNR

The DIGITAL VNR function cuts down the amount of noise in the original picture.

• You cannot select the DIGITAL VNR function when receiving the Progressive

Video Signal (525P signal).

AUTO:

The TV will be automatically adjust the level of the DIGITAL VNR effect to match the amount of noise in the picture, giving you the best possible picture.

• If you set the DIGITAL VNR effect too high it can make the picture less sharp.

It is recommended to use the AUTO setting if you can.

MAX:

The level of the DIGITAL VNR effect is set to the maximum. If you set the DIGITAL VNR function to AUTO but still notice some noise, change the setting from AUTO to MAX.

• The MAX setting is not suitable for highquality pictures which contain a lot of noise.

MIN:

The level of the DIGITAL VNR effect is set to the minimun. If you set the DIGITAL VNR function to AUTO but feel that the sharpness of the original picture has not been reproduced fully, change the setting from

AUTO to MIN.

• The MIN setting is not suitable for lowquality pictures which contain a lot of noise.

21

LCT0959-001B-H_p01-21

Black

21 7/3/1, 8:16 PM

Using the TV's menu

DigiPure

The Digipure function uses the latest in digital technology to give you a natural looking picture. The Digipure function includes the following two functions.

Digipure function:

This function helps to create a natural looking picture by eliminating unnecessary edges from high-contrast and crisp images.

Conversely, for images with low-contrast, edges are added to produce a sharper, more detailed picture.

You can choose from the DigiPure function settings of AUTO,MIN and MAX.

Picture motion compensation function:

This function displays fast-moving pictures

(for example, the players or ball in a football game) more smoothly and naturally on the screen.

• You cannot select the Digipure function when receiving the Progressive Video


AUTO:

The TV will automatically adjust the level of the DigiPure effect to match the amount of noise in the picture, giving the best possible picture.

• If you set the DigiPure effect too high on a low-quality picture that contains a lot of noise, this may actually make the noise worse. It is recommended to use the

AUTO setting if you can.

MAX:

The level of the DigiPure effect is set to the maximum. If you set the DigiPure function to

AUTO but feel that the original picture quality has not been reproduced fully, change the setting from AUTO to MAX.

• The MAX setting is not suitable for lowquality pictures which contain a lot of noise.

MIN:

The level of the DigiPure effect is set to the minimun. When you set the DigiPure function to AUTO and notice some noise, change the setting from AUTO to MIN.

• The MIN setting is not suitable for highquality pictures which contain very little noise.

OFF:

The DigiPure function is turned off.

PULL DOWN

The PULL DOWN function displays a cinema film picture more smoothly and naturally on the screen.

AUTO:

This function is turned on. Normally keep this function set to AUTO.

OFF:


• The motion may appear unnatural when viewing images with the NTSC colour system. To make the motion smoother, switch the PULL DOWN function from

AUTO to OFF.

• You cannot select this function in the

Twin pictures mode or the Picture in picture mode.

22

LCT0959-001B-H_p22-44

Black

22 7/3/1, 8:17 PM

COLOUR SYSTEM

The colour system is chosen automatically.

However, if the picture is not clear or no colour appears, choose the colour system manually.

1 Choose COLOUR SYSTEM, then press the MENU/OK button.

COLOUR SYSTEM

PAL

OK

TV

:OK

:EXIT

DISP :BACK

Using the TV's menu

ZOOM

You can change the screen size according to the picture aspect ratio. Choose the optimum one of three ZOOM modes.

1 Choose ZOOM, then press the

MENU/OK button.

ZOOM

REGULAR

ZOOM

16:9

OK :OK

TV :EXIT

DISP :BACK

2 Press the

/

buttons to choose the appropriate colour system.

Then press the MENU/OK button.

• When changing to the COLOUR

SYSTEM of the SUB-picture, see

"Change the colour system of the SUBpicture" on page 15 for details.

• You can also operate the COLOUR

SYSTEM function with the COLOUR SYS-

TEM button on the remote control.

For details, see "COLOUR SYSTEM button" on page 11.

2 Press the

/

buttons to choose a ZOOM mode. Then press the MENU/OK button.

The picture expands and the chosen

ZOOM mode is displayed in about 5 seconds.

• You can choose a ZOOM mode from

REGULAR, ZOOM or 16:9 modes. For details, see " ZOOM button " on page 9.

• You cannot select the ZOOM function when receiving the Progressive Video


PICTURE TILT

There are cases where the Earth's magnetic force may make the picture tilt. If this happens, you can correct the picture tilt.

1 Choose PICTURE TILT, then press the MENU/OK button.

PICTURE TILT

LCT0959-001B-H_p22-44

Black

23

OK

TV

:OK

:EXIT

DISP :BACK

2 Press the

/

buttons until the picture becomes level. Then press the MENU/OK button.

23

7/3/1, 8:17 PM

Using the TV's menu

SOUND SETTING menu

SOUND SETTING

STEREO/

BASS

TREBLE

BALANCE

AI VOLUME

BBE

SPATIALIZER

SUPER BASS

HEADPHONE

OK

TV

:OK

:EXIT

DISP :BACK

MONO

ON

ON

LIVE

ON

STEREO / I•II

When you are viewing a bilingual broadcast programme, you can choose the sound from

Bilingual I (sub I) or Bilingual II (sub II). When the stereo broadcasting is received poorly, you can change from stereo to mono sound so that you can hear the broadcast more clearly and easily.

: Stereo sound

: mono sound

: Bilingual I (sub I)

: Bilingual II (sub II)

MONO: Cancels the Multi Sound function,

and the sound becomes monaural.

• The sound mode you can choose differs depending on the TV programme.

• This function does not work in the VIDEO modes.

Adjusting the sound

You can adjust the sound to your liking.

BASS

You can adjust the low tone of the sound.

: weaker

: stronger

TREBLE

You can adjust the high tone of the sound.

: weaker

: stronger

BALANCE

You can adjust the volume balance between the left and right speakers.

: turn the left speaker's volume level up.

: turn the right speaker's volume level up.

AI VOLUME

You can prevent the sudden increase or decrease of sound that occurs when changing the channel to another channel or switching the VIDEO mode to another VIDEO mode.

ON :


OFF :


• The AI VOLUME fnction for TV mode and

VIDEO mode can be set separetely.

For example, you can set it to be OFF in

TV mode and ON in VIDEO mode.

If you set the AI VOLUME function while viewing images from a VIDEO terminal, the setting is registered as the setting for

VIDEO mode.

• The AI VOLUME fnction may not operate as expected if the sound input level from a broadcast station (or video software) is extremely low.

BBE

You can use the BBE function to enjoy easyto-listen sound that is faithful to the original sound recorded.

ON :


OFF :


Licenced by BBE Sound, inc. BBE is a registered trademark of BBE

Sound, inc.

24

LCT0959-001B-H_p22-44

Black

24 7/3/1, 8:17 PM

SPATIALIZER

You can enjoy Surround sound with a "live" effect by using the SPATIALIZER function.

You can choose one of two SPATIALIZER modes.

• You can choose a SPATIALIZER mode from LIVE, MONO or OFF modes.

For details, see " SPATIALIZER button " on page 9.

The SPATIALIZER is manufactured under lisense from Desper Products,Inc.

SUPER BASS

You can enjoy a powerful bass sound by using the Super Bass (Super Bass Reflex) function.

ON :


OFF :


HEADPHONE

This function enables you to output the TV’s sound from your headphones.

1 Choose HEADPHONE, then press MENU/OK button.

HEADPHONE

VOLUME

TV SPEAKER

OUTPUT

OK

TV

:OK

:EXIT

DISP :BACK

05

ON

MAIN

2 Use the

/

button to select, and the

/

button to set the

HEADPHONE function. Then press the MENU/OK button.

VOLUME :

You can adjust the volume of the sound output from your headphones.

Using the TV's Menu

TV SPEAKER:

When this function is on, the TV’s speaker does not shut off the sound even if headphones are connected.

If you set this function to off, the TV’s speaker does not put out the sound when the headphones are connected.

OUTPUT:

You can choose the sound from the MAINpicture(MAIN) or the SUB-picture(SUB) when using the headphones.

• The TV’s speaker does not put out the sound from the SUB-picture.

• The sound of the SUB-picture is mono only. You cannot use the STEREO/I·II function for the sound of the SUB-picture.

25

LCT0959-001B-H_p22-44

Black

25 7/3/1, 8:17 PM

Using the TV's menu

FEATURES menu

FEATURES

SLEEP TIMER

BLUE BACK

CHILD LOCK

CHANNEL GUARD

AUTO SHUTOFF

VIDEO-3 SETTING

OK

TV

:OK

:EXIT

DISP :BACK

ON

OFF

OFF

COMPONENT

SLEEP TIMER

You can set the TV to automatically turn off after a set time.

1 Choose SLEEP TIMER, then press the MENU/OK button.

SLEEP TIMER

0

OFF

12 0

OK

TV

:OK

:EXIT

DISP :BACK

26

2 Press the

/

buttons to set the period of time.

The TV begins count down from the set time.

• You can set the period of time a maximum of 120 minutes (2 hours) in 10 minitue steps.

To cancel this function:

Press the button to set a period of time to

"OFF".

3 Press the MENU/OK button to complete the setting.

The menu disappers.

• One minute before this function turns off the TV, "GOOD NIGHT!" appears.

• This function cannot be used to turn off the TV's main power.

• When this function is on, you can display the SLEEP TIMER menu again to confirm or change the remaining time.

BLUE BACK

You can set the TV to automatically change to a blue screen and mute the sound if the signal is weak or absent, or when there is no input from an external device.

ON :


OFF:


CHILD LOCK

You can disable the front control buttons of the TV. When this function is set to ON, the

TV can be operated only by using the remoto control.

Use this function to prevent children from operating the TV at their own discretion

(without parent consent).

ON :


OFF:


CHANNEL GUARD

When there is a TV channel you do not want your children to watch, you can lock out the channel. Even when a child chooses a programme number for a locked out channel the screen will change to blue and display so the channel cannot be viewed.

To set this function

1 Choose CHANNEL GUARD, then press the number 0 (AV) button.

SET ID NO.

0 000

OK :OK

TV :EXIT

DISP :BACK

LCT0959-001B-H_p22-44

Black

26 7/3/1, 8:17 PM

2 Set the ID number you want.

To choose a number:

Press the / buttons.

To move a cursor:

Press the / buttons.

3 Press the MENU/OK button.

CHANNEL GUARD

ID

04

05

06

07

08

09

PR

AV

01

02

03

OK

TV

:OK

:EXIT

DISP :BACK

CH / CC

CH

CH

CH

CH

CH

CH

CC

CC

CC

21

22

23

24

25

26

01

02

03

GUARD

4 Press the

/

buttons to choose a TV channel.

• The TV shows the TV programme which the chosen TV channel is now broadcasting.

5 Press the blue button to set this function to the TV channel.

(CHANNEL GUARD) appears and the

TV channel is locked.

To cancel this function:

Press the blue button again.

(CHANNEL GUARD) disappears and the lock is released.


The menu disappears.

Using the TV’s menu

To view a locked TV channel

1 Choose a programme number in which a TV channel locked with the number buttons or PR LIST.

The screen changes to blue and the

(CHANNEL GUARD) appears.

5

• You cannot choose a locked TV channel with the / buttons.

2 Press the DISPLAY button to display " ID NO. " (ID unmber input screen).

5

ID NO.:

3 Press the number buttons to enter the ID number.

The lock is temporarily released so you can view the TV channel.

If you have forgotten the ID number:

Perform step 1 of "To set this function".

After confirming the ID number, press the

TV/VIDEO button to exit the menu.

• When you would like to cancel the

CHANNEL GUARD function, you must perform the operation " To set this function" again.

LCT0959-001B-H_p22-44

Black

27 7/3/1, 8:17 PM

27

Using the TV's menu

AUTO SHUTOFF

You can set your TV to turn off if no signal are received for about 15 minutes or longer after the end of a broadcast.

ON :


OFF :


• The AUTO SHUTOFF function does not turn off the TV's main power.

• The AUTO SHUTOFF will not work for a

VIDEO mode.

VIDEO-3 SETTING

Set the VIDEO-3 SETTING correctly according to the video signal input from the external device connected to the VIDEO-3 terminal. If this setting is incorrect, images will not be displayed.

VIDEO :

If a normal video signal (composite video signal) is input.

COMPONENT :

If a Component video signal (Y/C

B

/C

R signals) is input.

• For detailed connecting methods, see

" Additional preparation " on page 36.

• This Television is compatible with the

Progressive Video Signal (525P signal) only when the component video signal is input.

28

LCT0959-001B-H_p22-44

Black

28 7/3/1, 8:17 PM

INSTALL menu

INSTALL

LANGUAGE

AUTO PROGRAM

EDIT/MANUAL

TELETEXT LANGUAGE

OK :OK

:EXIT

TV

DISP :BACK

LANGUAGE

You can choose the language you want to use for the on-screen display from the language list in a menu.

1 Choose LANGUAGE, then press the MENU/OK button.

OK

TV

:OK

:EXIT

DISP :BACK

2 Press the

/

buttons to choose a language.


The menu disappers.

AUTO PROGRAM

You can automatically register the TV channels which can be received well at your residence in the TV's programme numbers by performing the following.

1 Choose AUTO PROGRAM, then press the MENU/OK button.

The AUTO PROGRAM function starts.

The TV channels you receive are automatically stored in the programme numbers list.


AUTO PROGRAM

CH 10

20%

OK :OK

DISP :BACK

• To cancel the AUTO PROGRAM function, press the DISPLAY button.

2 After the TV channels have been stored in the programme number list, the EDIT menu appears.

EDIT

04

05

06

07

08

09

PR ID

AV

01

02

03

OK :OK

TV

DISP

:EXIT

:BACK

MOVE

CH/CC

CH

CH

CH

CH

CH

CH

CC

CC

CC

21

22

23

24

25

26

01

02

03

ID

INSERT

DELETE

MANUAL

• You can proceed to edit the programme numbers list using the EDIT/MANUAL function. For details, see "EDIT/MANUAL" on page 30.

• If a TV cannel you want to view is not stored in the programme numbers list, you can register it using the MANUAL function.

For details, see "EDIT/MANUAL" on page

30.

• The AUTO PROGRAM function does not store a TV channel to the programme number 0 (AV).

• If you do not need to use the EDIT/

MANUAL function, press the MENU/OK button to exit from the EDIT menu.

29

LCT0959-001B-H_p22-44

Black

29 7/3/1, 8:17 PM

Using the TV's menu

EDIT/MANUAL

The EDIT/MANUAL functions are divided into two types: editing of the current programme numbers

(EDIT functions) and manual registration of a

TV channel you want to view to the programme number (MANUAL function).

CAUTION

• Using the MOVE,DELETE or INSERT function rewrites the current programme numbers list.

Resultingly, the programme number of some of the TV channels will change.

• When a TV channel which has been locked out using the CHANNEL GUARD function, using the MANUAL function for that TV channel cancels the CHANNEL

GUARD function.

• When a TV channel has already been registered in PR 99, using the INSERT function deletes the TV channel.

1 Choose EDIT/MANUAL, then press the MENU/OK button.

EDIT

05

06

07

08

09

PR ID

AV

01

02

03

04

CH/CC

OK

TV

:OK

:EXIT

DISP :BACK

MOVE

CH

CH

CH

CH

CH

CH

CC

CC

CC

21

22

23

24

25

26

01

02

03

ID

INSERT

DELETE

MANUAL

INSERT:

This function adds a new TV channel in the current programme numbers list by using the

CH/CC number.

DELETE :

This function deletes a unnecessary TV

Channel.

MANUAL :

This function manually registers a new TV channel in a programme number.


• For programme number PR 0, "AV" appears in the programme numbers list.

FUNCTIONS

MOVE

1 Press the

/


2 Press the button to start the

MOVE function.

EDIT

PR ID

AV

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

OK

TV

:OK

:EXIT

DISP :BACK

STORE

CH/CC

CH

CH

CH

CH

CH

CH

CH

CC

CC

02

03

21

22

23

24

25

26

CC 01

30

2 Follow the operation description of a function you want to use and operate the function.

MOVE :

This function changes a programme number of a TV channel.

ID :

This function registers a Channel name (ID) to a TV channel.

3 Press the

/

buttons to choose a new programe number.

To cancel the MOVE function:


4 Press the button to change the programme number of a TV channel to a new programme number.

LCT0959-001B-H_p22-44

Black

30 7/3/1, 8:17 PM

ID

1 Press the

/


2 Press the red button to start the

ID function.

3 Enter a channel name (ID).

Press the

/

buttons to choose a character.

press the the cursor.

/

buttons to move

EDIT

PR ID

AV

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

M

OK

TV

:OK

:EXIT

DISP :BACK

CH/CC

CH

CH

CH

CH

CH

CH

CC

CC

CC

21

22

23

24

25

26

01

02

03

To cancel the ID function:


4 Press the MENU/OK button to register a channel name to a TV channel.

DELETE

1 Press the

/


2 Press the yellow button to delete the TV channel.

The TV channel is deleted from the programme numbers list.

MANUAL

1 Press the

/

buttons to choose a programme number to which you want to register a new

TV channel.

2 Press the bule button to activate the MANUAL function.

At the right side following the CH/CC number, the SYSTEM (sound system) of the TV channel appears.


MANUAL

05

06

07

08

09

PR ID

AV

01

02

03

04

CH/CC

OK

TV

:OK

:EXIT

DISP :BACK

SYSTEM

CH

CH

CH

CH

CH

CH

CC

CC

CC

21

22

23

24

25

26

01(B/G)

02

03

SEARCH+

SEARCH-

FINE+

FINE-

To cancel the MANUAL function:


3 Press the button to choose the system (sound system) for a TV channel you want to register.

• For the sound systems in each country or region, see the table

"BROADCASTING SYSTEMS" on page

12.

4 Press the green or red button to search for a TV channel.

Scanning stops when the TV finds a TV channel. Then the TV channel is displayed.

5 Press the green or red button repeatedly until the to TV channel you want appears.

If the TV channel reception is poor:

Press the bule or yerrow button to finetune the TV channel.

If you cannot hear the normal sound even when the picture of the TV channel appers normally:

The SYSTEM setting is worong. Press the

button and choose a SYSTEM that has normal sound.

6 Press the MENU/OK button and regisster the TV channel to a programme number.

The normal EDIT menu is resumed.

31

LCT0959-001B-H_p22-44

Black

31 7/3/1, 8:17 PM

Using the TV's menu

INSERT

PREPARATION

• Find the CH/CC number corresponding to the channel number of the TV channel from the on page 33.

1 Press the

/

buttons to choose a programme number for which you will register a new TV channel.

2 Press the green button to start the INSERT function.

EDIT

PR ID

AV

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

CH/CC

CH

CH

CH

CH

CH

CH

CC

CC

CC

OK

TV

:OK ` 9

:EXIT

DISP :BACK

CH/CC

21

22

23

24

25

26

**

02

03

3 Press the

/

buttons to choose "CC" or "CH" according to the CH/CC number of the TV channel.

To cancel the INSERT function:


4 Press the Number buttons to enter the remaining CH/CC number.

The TV shifts to registration mode.

When the registration is completed, the picture of the TV channel appears on the screen.

• The CH/CC number is a number indicating the broadcast frequency to the

TV. If the TV cannot detect the TV channel corresponding to the broadcast frequency indicated by the CH/CC number, a picture in the no-signal state appears.

32

LCT0959-001B-H_p22-44

Black

32 7/3/1, 8:17 PM


CH/CC number

When you want to use the INSERT function on page 32, find the CH/CC number corresponding to the Channel number of the TV channel from this table.

US : The US channel numbers are the channel numbers used in the United States, Philippines, etc.

CCIR: The CCIR channel numbers are the channel numbers used in the Middle East, Southeast Asia ,etc.

OIRT: The OIRT channel numbers are the channel numbers used in Eastern Europe,Russia, Vietnam, etc.

AUSTRALIA: The AUSTRALIA channel numbers are the channel numbers used in Australia, etc.

US-52

US-53

US-54

US-55

US-56

US-57

US-58

US-59

US-60

US-61

US-62

US-63

US-64

US-65

US-66

US-67

US-68

US-69

US-36

US-37

US-38

US-39

US-40

US-41

US-42

US-43

US-44

US-45

US-46

US-47

US-48

US-49

US-50

US-51

US-17

US-18

US-19

US-20

US-21

US-22

US-23

US-24

US-25

US-26

US-27

US-28

US-29

US-30

US-31

US-32

US-33

US-34

US-35

US-9

US-10

US-11

US-12

US-13

US-14

US-15

US-16

US

US-2

US-3

US-4

US-5

US-6

US-7

US-8

CH 52

CH 53

CH 54

CH 55

CH 56

CH 57

CH 58

CH 59

CH 60

CH 61

CH 62

CH 63

CH 64

CH 65

CH 66

CH 67

CH 68

CH 69

CH 70

CH 36

CH 37

CH 38

CH 39

CH 40

CH 41

CH 42

CH 43

CH 44

CH 45

CH 46

CH 47

CH 48

CH 49

CH 50

CH 51

CH 17

CH 18

CH 19

CH 20

CH 21

CH 22

CH 23

CH 24

CH 25

CH 26

CH 27

CH 28

CH 29

CH 30

CH 31

CH 32

CH 33

CH 34

CH 35

CH

CH 02

CH 03

CH 04

CH 05

CH 06

CH 07

CH 08

CH 09

CH 10

CH 11

CH 12

CH 13

CH 14

CH 15

CH 16

CCIR

E2

Channel

OIRT

R1

E3

E4

E5

E6

E7

E8

E9

E10

R2

R6

R7

R8

R9

E11

E12

R10

R11

R12

AUSTRALIA

AU-0

AU-1

AU-2

AU-6

AU-7

AU-8

AU-9

AU-10

AU-11

E44

E45

E46

E47

E48

E49

E50

E51

E36

E37

E38

E39

E40

E41

E42

E43

E29

E30

E31

E32

E33

E34

E35

E21

E22

E23

E24

E25

E26

E27

E28

E60

E61

E62

E63

E64

E65

E66

E67

E68

E69

E52

E53

E54

E55

E56

E57

E58

E59

CC 51

CC 52

CC 53

CC 54

CC 55

CC 56

CC 57

CC 58

CC 59

CC 60

CC 61

CC 62

CC 63

CC 64

CC 75

CC 76

CC 35

CC 36

CC 37

CC 38

CC 39

CC 40

CC 41

CC 42

CC 43

CC 44

CC 45

CC 46

CC 47

CC 48

CC 49

CC 50

CC 77

CC 78

CC 79

CC 95

CC 96

CC 97

CC 98

CC 99

CC 16

CC 17

CC 18

CC 19

CC 20

CC 21

CC 22

CC 23

CC 24

CC 25

CC 26

CC 27

CC 28

CC 29

CC 30

CC 31

CC 32

CC 33

CC 34

CC

CC 01

CC 02

CC 03

CC 04

CC 05

CC 06

CC 07

CC 08

CC 09

CC 10

CC 11

CC 12

CC 13

CC 14

CC 15

US

W+7

W+8

W+9

W+10

W+11

W+12

W+13

W+14

V

W

W+1

W+2

W+3

W+4

W+5

W+6

M

N

O

P

K

L

I

J

Q

R

S

T

U

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

W+15

W+16

W+17

W+18

W+19

W+20

W+21

W+22

W+23

W+24

W+25

W+26

W+27

W+28

A-5

A-4

A-3

A-2

A-1

S-24

S-25

S-26

S-27

S-28

S-29

S-30

S-31

S-32

S-33

S-34

S-16

S-17

S-18

S-19

S-20

S-21

S-22

S-23

S-35

S-36

S-37

S-38

S-39

S-40

S-41

S-8

S-9

S-10

S-11

S-12

S-13

S-14

S-15

Channel

CCIR

S-1

S-2

S-3

S-4

S-5

S-6

S-7

OIRT AUSTRALIA

AU-5

AU-5A

X

Y

Z

Z+1

Z+2

R3

R4

R5

AU-3

AU-4

33

LCT0959-001B-H_p22-44

Black

33 7/3/1, 8:17 PM

Using the TV's menu

TELETEXT LANGUAGE

There are 4 types of teletext language groups. Set the teletext language group that corresponds to the language of the teletext program that you want to watch.

1 Choose TELETEXT LANGUAGE, then press the MENU/OK button.

TELETEXT LANGUAGE

GROUP-1

GROUP-2

GROUP-3

GROUP-4

OK

TV

:OK

:EXIT

DISP :BACK

2 Press the

/

buttons to choose a group.

Group

GROUP-1

GROUP-2

GROUP-3

GROUP-4

Languages

Turkish, Hungarian, English,

German, French, Italian,

Spanish, Portuguese, Greek,

Swedish, Finnish

Polish, Serbian, Croatian,

Slovenian, Czech, Slovak,

Rumanian, Hungarian,

German, French, Italian,

Swedish, Finnish

Russian, Bulgarian, Lettish,

Lithuanian, Estonian,

Ukrainan, Serbian, Croatian,

Slovenian, Czech, Slovak,

English, German

Arabic, Czech, Slovak.

Hungarian, English, German,

French, Italian, Spanish,

Portuguese, Swedish, Finnish

34


The menu disappes.

LCT0959-001B-H_p22-44

Black

34

• Languages that are not included in the teletext language group that you select, the sub-titles of the teletext program will not be displayed properly.

7/3/1, 8:17 PM

DEMO menu

DEMO

ON

OFF

OK

TV

:OK

:EXIT

DISP :BACK

The DEMO function automatically demostrations some of the TV function.

When the DEMO function is set to

ON:

Each time the TV is turned on, the demonstration starts automatically.

If you do not want that to happen, set the

DEMO function to OFF.

1 Press the

/

buttons to choose ON.

To cancel the DEMO function, choose off.

2 Press the MENU/OK button to complete the settings.

The DEMO function is set to ON, and the demostration will start.

To stop the demonstration:

Press one of the button on the remote control.

Using the TV's menu

LCT0959-001B-H_p22-44

Black

35 7/3/1, 8:17 PM

35

Additional preparation

Connecting the external

devices

Connect the devices to the TV, paying attention to the following connection diagram.

Before connecting anything:

• Read the manuals provided with the devices. Depending on the devices, the connection method may differ from the figure. In addition, the device settings may be changed depending on the connection method to secure proper operation.

• Turn off all the devices including the TV.

• The "Specifications" on page 43 contains the details of the VIDEO terminals. If you are connecting a device not listed in the following connection diagram, see the

"Specifications" to choose the best

VIDEO terminal.

• Note that connecting cables are not supplied.

• When connecting devices that are supported by AV COMPU LINK, see

"Connecting AV COMPU LINK Supported

Devices" on page 38.

1 VCR (composite signal)

2 VCR (S-VIDEO signal; Y/C)

3 VCR for recording (composite signal)

4 DVD player (composite signal)

5 DVD player (S-VIDEO signal; Y/C)

6 DVD player (component video signals;

Y/C

B

/C

R

)

7 TV game (composite signal)

8 TV game (S-VIDEO signal; Y/C)

9 Camcorder (composite signal)

0 Camcorder (S-VIDEO signal; Y/C)

Headphones

A AV COMPU LINK cable

S

OVER

V L/MONO

IN (VIDEO-4)

R

(Behind the cover)

R L/MONO VIDEO

OVER

C C

R AUDIO

Y/VIDEO

VIDEO-1

VIDEO-2

VIDEO-3

COMPONENT

OUTPUT

R

AUDIO VIDEO

AV COMPU LINK

R

AUDIO

L/MONO VIDEO

OVER

S

C

R

C

B

R AUDIO L/MONO

Y/VIDEO

VIDEO-1

VIDEO-2

VIDEO-3/

COMPONENT

OUTPUT

R

AUDIO

L VIDEO

AV COMPULINK

36

LCT0959-001B-H_p22-44

Black

36 7/3/1, 8:17 PM

Connecting methods

1 Connect the TV's VIDEO jack and the device's VIDEO OUT

(video output) jack with a video cable.

If connecting a device to the TV with an S-VIDEO cabel :

Connect the VCR's S-VIDEO OUT (S-VIDEO output) connector and the TV's S connector with an S-VIDEO cable, instead of connecting with a video cable.

Note that the connection with a video cable will be ignored in case you conect a VCR to the TV with both video cable and S-VIDEO cable.

If connecting a DVD player to the

TV with a component video cable.

Connect three jacks (Y/VIDEO, C

B

and C

R

) in the VIDEO-3 terminal and the DVD player's

COMPONENT (component video output) jacks with a component video cables, instead of connection with a video cable.

Then set the VIDEO-3 SETTING to COMPO-

NENT, according to "VIDEO-3 SETTING" on page 28.

• This Television is compatible with the

Progressive video signal (525P signal).

(When the component video signal is input.)

If you have a DVD player that outputs

Progressive video signals (525P) as a component video signal, then by attaching the device to the television with a component video cable you can see the actual images that are recorded on a

DVD disc as an original image source.

If connecting a device to the

VIDEO-3/COMPONENT terminal with a video cable.

Connect the TV's Y/VIDEO jack and the device's VIDEO OUT (video output) jack with a video cables.

Then set the VIDEO-3 SETTING to VIDEO according to "VIDEO-3 SETTING" on page

28.

Additional preparation

• In the VIDEO-4 terminal, the VIDEO jack is indicated by "V".

2 Connect the TV's AUDIO jacks

(L/MONO and R) and the device's AUDIO OUT (audio L/R output) jacks with an audio cable.

If the device's sound output is in mono :

Connect the device's AUDIO OUT jack and the TV's L/MONO jack with an audio cable.

• In the VIDEO-4 terminal, the AUDIO jacks is indicated by "R".

Connecting devices to the

OUTPUT terminal

The signals of the images and sound you are currently viewing with this TV are output through the OUTPUT terminal. By connecting a VCR to the OUTPUT terminal, you can record the currently shown image and sound to that VCR. To do this, connect the VCR and

OUTPUT terminal following the steps below.

1 Connect the VIDEO jack in the

OUTPUT terminal and the VCR's

VIDEO IN (video input) jack with a video cable.

2 Connect the AUDIO jacks (L and

R) in the OUTPUT terminal and the VCR's AUDIO IN (audio L/R input) jacks with an audio cable.

• When you turn off the TV, the signals from the OUTPUT terminal are also turned off.

• The component signals input from the

VIDEO-3/COMPONENT terminal cannot be output through the OUTPUT terminal.

Connecting Headphones

Connect the headphons with a stereo mini jack (of 3.5 mm in diameter) to the Headphone jack at the TV front panel.

37

LCT0959-001B-H_p22-44

Black

37 7/3/1, 8:17 PM

Additional preparation

Connecting AV COMPU

LINK Supported Devices

AV COMPU LINK remote control system is a system in which related devices are automatically controlled when you operate one device.

If you apply this system to the TV, you can have the TV automatically perform the required operations by operating one external device. You don't have to use the

TV's remoto control to turn on the TV or change the VIDEO modes.

Examples of the AV

COMPU LINK remote control system operations

Simply by pressing the PLAY button on a

VCR or a DVD player, you can view images from the device.

Simply by inserting a pre-recorded tape (a tape with the record safety tab removed) to a

VCR, you can view the tape.

Simply by operating the AC Control Receiver, you can have the TV turned on/off (in standby mode) or the VIDEO mode changed correctly.

• The performance of the AV COMPU LINK remote control system varies depending on the connected device. See the deviceís instruction manual.

• When you select "TV SOUND" as the input source with the AV Control

Receiver, there are cases where the TV's

MUTING function automatically operates and the sound from the TV's speakers is muted.

In such cases, press the VOLUME-/+ buttons or the MUTING button on the

TV's remote control to cancel the MUT-

ING function. You can regain the sound from the TV's speakers.

Conditions to use the AV

COMPU LINK remote control system

• A device equipped with an AV COMPU

LINK terminal is required.

• You must connect the TV and the device with an AV COMPU LINK cable.

AV COMPU LINK cable is not supplied with this TV. If an AV COMPU LINK cable is unavailable, connect them with a cable with dia. 3.5 mm (mono) male plugs at both ends.

• You must connect the device to an appropriate VIDEO terminal and set it up correctly. Otherwise the AV COMPU LINK remote control system will not function correctly. For details, see “ Setting up the

AV COMPU LINK remote control system”.

• The TV must be in standby mode (the

POWER lamp lighting red). If the TV’s

Main power is off (the POWER lamp off), the AV COMPU LINK remote control system does not function.

Setting up the AV COMPU

LINK remote control system

CAUTION:

• With some devices, the setup method differs from the ones explained here.

Be sure to read the device’s instruction manual thoroughly before setting it up.

1 Connect the device to the TV’s

VIDEO-1 or VIDEO-2 terminal.

If you want to connect a DVD player to the TV with a component video cable :

Connect the DVD player to the TV’s VIDEO-3 terminal.

• For detailed connecting instructions, see

"Connecting the exterminal devices" on page 36.

38

LCT0959-001B-H_p22-44

Black

38 7/3/1, 8:17 PM

2 Connect the TV’s AV COMPU

LINK terminal and the device’s

AV COMPU LINK terminal with an AV COMPU LINK cable.

3 Change the device’s setting according to the VIDEO terminal it is connected to.

If a VCR is connected to the

VIDEO-1 terminal :

Set the VCR’s remote control code to A code.

If a DVD player is connected to the VIDEO-1 terminal:

Set the DVD player’s AV COMPULINK MODE to DVD2.

If a VCR is connected to the

VIDEO-2 terminal:

Set the VCR’s remote control code to B code.

If a DVD player is connected to the VIDEO-2 terminal:


If a DVD player is connected to the VIDEO-3 terminal with a component video cable:


• For instructions on how to change the device’s setting, refer to the device’s instruction manual.

• If the device you are connecting has neither the remote control code nor the

AV COMPULINK MODE, then connect it to the TV’s VIDEO-1 terminal.

Additional Preparation

LCT0959-001B-H_p22-44

Black

39 7/3/1, 8:17 PM

39

40

Troubleshooting

If a problem arises while you are using the TV, please read this "Troubleshooting" well before you request having the TV repaired. You may be able to fix it easily by yourself. For example, if the AC plug is disconnected from the AC outlet, or the TV aerial has problems, you may think there is a problem with the TV itself.

Important:

• This Troubleshooting guide only covers problems whose cause are not easy to determine.

If a question arise when you are operating a function, read the page(s) corresponding to the operation of the function well, not this Troubleshooting guide.

• After you have followed the Troubleshooting description or the operating description of the functions concerned without any success, remove the AC plug from the AC outlet and re quest a repair of your TV. Do not attempt to repair the TV by yourself or remove the rearcover of the TV.

If you cannot turn on

the TV

• Is the AC plug connected to the AC outlet?

• Is the POWER lamp lit? If not, press the

Main power button.

No picture/No sound

• Have you chosen a TV channel whose reception is extremely bad? In this case, the BLUE BACK function will be activated, the entire screen becomes blue, and the sound is muted. In spite of this, if you want to view the TV channel, follow the description "BLUE BACK" on page 26 to try to change the BLUE BACK function setting to OFF.

• Are your SOUND SYSTEM settings for the TV channels correct?

Forrow the description “SOUND SYSTEM

Button” on page 12 to try to solve the trouble.

Poor picture

• If noise totally obscures the picture (snow), the aerial or aerial cable may have trouble. Check the following to try to solve the trouble :

Has the TV and aerial been connected properly?

Has the aerial cable been damaged?

Is the aerial pointed to the right direction?

Is the aerial itself faulty?

• If the TV or aerial receives interference from the other devices, stripes or noise may appear in the picture. Move such device as an amplifier, personal computer, or a hair drier that can cause interference away from your TV, or try changing its location. If the aerial suffers interference from a radio tower or highvoltage wire, please contact your local dealer.

• If the TV receives interferences from signal reflecting from mountains or building, double-pictures(ghosting) will occur.

Try to change the aerial’s direction or replase the antenna with the one with better directionality.

• Are you COLOUR SYSTEM settings for the TV channels correct? Follow the description "COLOUR SYSTEM button" on pege 11 to try to solve the trouble.

• Has COLOUR or BRIGHT been controlled properly? Follow the description

"Adjusting the picture" on page 20 to try to adjust them properly.

• Videotaping teletext is not recommended because it may not record correctly.

40 7/3/1, 8:17 PM LCT0959-001B-H_p22-44

Black

• When a white and bright still image (such as a white dress) is displayed on the screen, the white part may look as if it were coloured.

It is a phenomenon unavoidable due to the nature of the picture tube itself, and not due to a TV failure.

When the picture disappears from the screen, the unnatural colours will also disappear.

• When viewing images from commercially available video softwear products, or videos from videotapes which have been recored improperly, the top of the image may be distored.

This is due to the condition of the video signal, and not because of malfunction.

Poor sound

• Have you adjusted BASS or TREBLE properly? If not, follow the description

"Adjusting the Sound" on page 24 to try to adjust them properly.

• When the TV channel reception is poor, it can be haed to hear the stereo or bilingual sound. In this case, follow the description "STEREO / I • II " on page 24 to hear the sound more easily by changing it to a mono sound.

Operation disabled

• Have the batteries of the remote control become exhausted?

Follow the description "Putting the

Batteries into the Remote Control" on page 4 and replace them with new batteries to try solve the problem.

• Have you attempted to use the remote control at the sides or rear of the TV or at a location more than seven meters apart from the TV locatin? Operate the remote control in the front of your TV or a location less than seven meters from your TV to try to solve the ploblem.

• When you are viewing a teletext programme, you cannot operate the menus.

Press the TV/VIDEO button to return the teletext programme to the ordinary TV programme to try operating the menus.

LCT0959-001B-H_p22-44

Black

41

Troubleshooting

• Is the CHILD LOCK function set to ON?

If the CHILD LOCK function is set to ON, you cannot operate the TV with the front control buttons of the TV. Follow the description "CHILD LOCK" on page 26 to try to set the CHILD LOCK function to OFF.

• If the TV operation becomes disabled suddenly, press the Main power button on the TV and turn off the main power.

Try to press the Main power button again to turn on the main power. If the TV returns to a normal state, it is not a failure.

• The following functions do not operate when receiving Progressive Video Signal

(525P signal);

Remote control function:

ZOOM, PIP, MULTI, FREEZE and

STROBE BUTTON

MENU function:

SHARP, TINT, DIGITAL VNR, Digipure and ZOOM

Other concerns

• When the SLEEP TIMER function or

AUTO SHUTOFF function operates, the

TV is automatically turned off.

If the TV is turned off suddenly, try to press the POWER button to turn on the

TV once again. At this time, if the TV resumes a normal state, there in no problem.

• If you do not want sound emitted from the TV’s speakers when using headphones, change the TV SPEAKER setting in the HEADPHONE menu to OFF.

For details, see “HEADPHONE” on page

25.

• If you bring a magnetised device such as a speaker near to your TV, a picture may be warped or unnaural colours appear at the corners of the screen.

In this case, keep the device apart from your TV. If the speaker causes such phenomena, use the magnetic-shielded speaker instead.

• A picture may be tilted due to the influence of the earth's magnetism. In this case, use the "PICTURE TILT" on page

23 to complete the tilt.

41

7/3/1, 8:17 PM

Troubleshooting

• It takes a short period of time from the time an operation such as changing channels is performed until an image is displayed. This is not a malfunction.

This is the time required for the image to stabilize before it can be displayed.

• The TV may emit a crackling sound due to a sudden change in temperature. It does not matter if a picture or sound does not show any abnormality. If you hear crackling sounds frequently while you are viewing the TV, other causes may be assumed.

For precautionary purposes, request your service technician to inspect it.

• Touching the screen may cause you feel a slight electric shock due to its static electricity.

It is an unavoidable phenomenon due to the construction of the picture tube. It is not a problem with the TV.

You can rest assured that this static discharge does not have harmful influence over the human boby.

42

LCT0959-001B-H_p22-44

Black

42 7/3/1, 8:17 PM

Specifications

Broadcasting systems

Colour systems

B, G, I, D, K, K1, M

PAL, SECAM, NTSC3.58/4.43MHz

Channels and frequencies VHF low channel (VL) =46.25 to 168.25 MHz

VHF high channel (VH) =175.25 to 463.25 MHz

Sound-multiplex systems

Teletext systems

Lauguages displayed by

UHF channel (U) =471.25 to 863.25 MHz

Receives cable channels in mid band (X to Z+2, S1 to S10),

super band (S11 to S20) and hyper band (S21 to S41).

A2 (B/G), NICAM (B/G, I, D/K) system

FLOF(Fastext), WST(World Standard Text)

Please see the table in the description teletext

Power requirements

Audio output

VIDEO-1 terminal

VIDEO-2 terminal

VIDEO-3/COMPONENT terminal

VIDEO-4 terminal

OUTPUT terminal

Headphone jack

Accessories

Speakers

"TELETEXT LANGUAGE" on page 34

AC 110 to 240V, 50/60Hz

Rated Power output: 20W + 20W

RCA connector X 3, S-VIDEO connector X 1

• Video input, S-VIDEO (Y/C) input and Audio L/R inputs

are available.

RCA connector X 3

• Video input and Audio L/R inputs are available.

RCA connector X 5

• Video input/Component video (Y/C

B

/C

R

) input and Audio

L/R inputs are available.

• Progressive video signal(525P signal) input is available.

RCA connector X 3, S-VIDEO connector X 1

• Video input, S-VIDEO (Y/C) input and Audio L/R inputs

are available.

RCA connector X 3

• Video output and Audio L/R outputs are available.

Stereo mini-jack (3.5 mm in diameter)

Remote control unit X 1 (RM-C214)

AA/R6 dry cell battery X 2

HV-L34PRO : (12cm X 3.5cm) oval X 2

Power consumption

Screen size

(measured diagonally)

Dimensions(W X H X D)

Weight

HV-L29PRO : (10cm X 3.5cm) oval X 2

HV-L34PRO : Maximum 255W Average 170W

HV-L29PRO : Maximum 254W Average 170W

HV-L34PRO : Picture tube 87cm Visible area 80cm

HV-L29PRO : Picture tube 73cm Visible area 68cm

HV-L34PRO : 898mm X 728mm X 579mm

HV-L29PRO : 732mm X 588mm X 518mm

HV-L34PRO : 75kg

HV-L29PRO : 48kg

Design and specifications subject to change without notice.

Pictures displayed on the screen using this TV's ZOOM functions should not be shown for any commercial or demonstration purpose in public places (cafes,hotels, etc.) without the consent of the owners of copyright of the original picture sources, as this constitutes an infringement of copyright.

43

LCT0959-001B-H_p22-44

Black

43 7/3/1, 8:17 PM

VICTOR COMPANY OF JAPAN, LIMITED

LCT0959-001B-H_p22-44

Black

44 7/3/1, 8:17 PM

© 2001 VICTOR COMPANY OF JAPAN, LIMITED

LCT0959-001B-H_R/01-21

Black

1

LCT0959-001B-H

0601-T-AB-NV-JMT

7/3/1, 8:12 PM

Благодарим за покупку цветного телевизора JVC.

Перед началом использования, пожалуйста, внимательно прочтите это руководство, чтобы понять как пользоваться Вашим новым телевизором.

ОСТОРОЖНО:

ВО ИЗБЕЖАНИЕ ПОЖАРА И ПОРАЖЕНИЯ ЭЛЕКТРОТОКОМ,

НЕ ДОПУСКАЙТЕ ДЕЙСТВИЯ НА ТЕЛЕВИЗОР ДОЖДЯ ИЛИ ВЛАГИ.

ВНИМАНИЕ:

ПРИ ИСПОЛЬЗОВАНИИ ТЕЛЕВИЗОРА СОБЛЮДАЙТЕ

СЛЕДУЮЩИЕ ПРАВИЛА ЛИЧНОЙ БЕЗОПАСНОСТИ.

1 Подключайте телевизор только к источникам питания, параметры которых соответствуют параметрам, указанным на задней стенке телевизора.

2 Не допускайте повреждений шнура и вилки питания. При отключении телевизора от сети выньте вилку из розетки, держась за вилку, а не за шнур.

3 Ни в коем случае не перегораживайте и не закрывайте вентиляционные отверстия.

Ни в коем случае не устанавливайте телевизор в местах с плохой вентиляцией.

15 cm

При установке телевизора оставьте вентиляционные зазоры по периметру, величина зазоров должна быть не меньше показанных на рис

10 cm 10 cm значений.

4 Не допускайте попадания предметов или жидкости в отверстия корпуса.

15 cm

5 В случае неисправности выньте вилку питания из розетки и вызовите мастера.

Не пытайтесь отремонтировать телевизор самостоятельно, не открывайте заднюю крышку.

6 Поверхность экрана телевизора может быть легко повреждена. При обращении с телевизором соблюдайте предельную осторожность. Если экран загрязнится, протрите его мягкой сухой тканью. Ни в коем случае не нажимайте сильно на экран.

Ни в коем случае не используйте чистящие или моющие средства.

7 Если Вы не собираетесь пользоваться телевизором в течение длительного времени, обязательно отключите его от сетевой розетки.

2

LCT0959-001B-H_R/01-21

Black

2 7/3/1, 8:12 PM

Настройка телевизора

ВНИМАНИЕ

• èÂÂ‰ Í‡ÍËÏ-ÎË·Ó ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËÂÏ ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜ËÚÂ

‚Ò˛ ‡ÔÔ‡‡ÚÛÛ, ‚ ÚÓÏ ˜ËÒÎÂ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ.

1 Подсоединение антенны и ВМ

• ÄÌÚÂÌÌ˚È Í‡·ÂÎ¸ ‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ ÔÓÒÚ‡‚ÍË ÌÂ

‚ıÓ‰ËÚ. àÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÈÚÂ Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚È 75-éÏ

ÍÓ‡ÍÒË‡Î¸Ì˚È Í‡·ÂÎ¸.

• èÂÂ‰ ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËÂÏ ÔÓ˜ÚËÚÂ

ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚Ó ÔÓ Çå.

Если ВМ не подсоединяется (см. рис. A):

èÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌËÚÂ ‡ÌÚÂÌÌ˚È Í‡·ÂÎ¸ Í „ÌÂÁ‰Û

‡ÌÚÂÌÌ˚ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡.

Если ВМ подсоединяется (см. рис. B):

1 Подсоедините антенный кабель к входному гнезду антенны ВМ и соедините ВМ и телевизор друг с другом с помощью другого антенного кабеля.

2 Соедините видеокабелем гнездо

VIDEO OUT (выход видео) видеомагнитофона и гнездо

VIDEO (видео) телевизора.

Для соединения ВМ с телевизором с помощью кабеля S-VIDEO выполните следующее:

ëÓÂ‰ËÌËÚÂ ‡Á˙ÂÏ S-VIDEO OUT

‚Ë‰ÂÓÏ‡„ÌËÚÓÙÓÌ‡ Ë ‡Á˙ÂÏ S ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ Ò

ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ Í‡·ÂÎfl S-VIDEO, ‡ ÌÂ ‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡·ÂÎfl A .

3 Соедините гнезда VIDEO OUT (L/R аудиовыходы) видеомагнитофона и гнезда AUDIO (L/МОNО и R) телевизора с помощью аудиокабеля.

• ÖÒÎË ‡Û‰ËÓ‚˚ıÓ‰ ‚Ë‰ÂÓÏ‡„ÌËÚÓÙÓÌ‡ fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl

ÏÓÌÓÙÓÌË˜ÂÒÍËÏ, ÒÓÂ‰ËÌËÚÂ „ÌÂÁ‰Ó AUDIO

OUT (‡Û‰ËÓ‚˚ıÓ‰) ‚Ë‰ÂÓÏ‡„ÌËÚÓÙÓÌ‡ Ë

„ÌÂÁ‰Ó AUDIO L/MONO (‡Û‰ËÓ Î/ÏÓÌÓ)

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ‡Û‰ËÓÍ‡·ÂÎfl.

• ÖÒÎË Çå ËÏÂÂÚ „ÌÂÁ‰Ó AV COMPU LINK,

ÏÓÊÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ÙÛÌÍˆËÂÈ AV

COMPU LINK. ÅÓÎÂÂ ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛

ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆË˛ ÏÓÊÌÓ Ì‡ÈÚË ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ

“èÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËÂ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚,

ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡˛˘Ëı AV COMPU LINK” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 38.

рис. A рис. В

LCT0959-001B-H_R/01-21

Black

3 7/3/1, 8:12 PM

3

ç‡ÒÚÓÈÍ‡ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡

2 Подсоединение шнура питания

Вставьте вилку шнура в сетевую розетку.

3 Установка батареек в пульт дистанционного управления

ÇÓÁ¸ÏËÚÂ 2 ·‡Ú‡ÂÈÍË AA/R6.

Встаьте батареи, начиная с кнопца, помеченного знаком и соблюдая полярности и .

• ëÓ·Î˛‰‡ÈÚÂ ËÌÒÚÛÍˆËË ÔÓ ·ÂÁÓÔ‡ÒÌÓÒÚË,

ÛÍ‡Á‡ÌÌ˚Â Ì‡ ·‡Ú‡ÂÈÍ‡ı.

• ÖÒÎË ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl

ÌÓÏ‡Î¸ÌÓ ÌÂ ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ, Á‡ÏÂÌËÚÂ ·‡Ú‡ÂÈÍË.

• Å‡Ú‡ÂÈÍË, ‚ıÓ‰fl˘ËÂ ‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ ÔÓÒÚ‡‚ÍË,

ÔÂ‰Ì‡ÁÌ‡˜ÂÌ˚ ÚÓÎ¸ÍÓ ‰Îfl Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍË Ë

ÔÓ‚ÂÍË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡. á‡ÏÂÌËÚÂ ˝ÚË ·‡Ú‡ÂÈÍË

Í‡Í ÏÓÊÌÓ ÒÍÓÂÂ.

4 Выполнение первоначальных настроек

èË ÔÂ‚ÓÏ ‚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ‚ıÓ‰ËÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ

ÔÂ‚ÓÌ‡˜‡Î¸Ì˚ı Ì‡ÒÚÓÂÍ, Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl

ÎÓ„ÓÚËÔ JVC.

1 Нажмите кнопку включения питания телевизора

íÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ‚ÍÎ˛˜ËÚÒfl Ë ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÎÓ„ÓÚËÔ JVC.

• ÖÒÎË ËÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ ÓÒÚ‡ÂÚÒfl

Í‡ÒÌ˚Ï Ë ÌÂ ÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÒfl ÁÂÎÂÌ˚Ï, ˝ÚÓ ÓÁÌ‡˜‡ÂÚ,

˜ÚÓ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ Ì‡ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ ÓÊË‰‡ÌËfl.

ÑÎfl ‚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËfl ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ

POWER Ì‡ ÔÛÎ¸ÚÂ ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.

• ÖÒÎË ÎÓ„ÓÚËÔ JVC ÌÂ ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl, ˝ÚÓ ÓÁÌ‡˜‡ÂÚ, ˜ÚÓ

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ÛÊÂ ‚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÎÒfl. Ç ˝ÚÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ‰Îfl

‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌËfl Ì‡˜‡Î¸Ì˚ı Ì‡ÒÚÓÂÍ ‚ÓÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÈÚÂÒ¸

ÙÛÌÍˆËflÏË “üáõä” Ë “ÄÇíé èêéÉ”. ÅÓÎÂÂ

ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛ ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆË˛ ÒÏ. ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ

“çÄëíêéâäà” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 29.

2 Нажмите кнопку MENU/OK

èÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ üáõä. Ç˚·ÂËÚÂ Ó‰ËÌ ËÁ flÁ˚ÍÓ‚

ËÁ ÔÓfl‚Ë‚¯Â„ÓÒfl Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ÒÔËÒÍ‡.

4

LCT0959-001B-H_R/01-21

Black

4


Индикатор питания

POWER

Кнопка выключателя сети

OK

TV

DISP

7/3/1, 8:12 PM

3 Нажимая кнопки

/

, выберите

РУССКИЙ. После этого нажмите кнопку MENU/OK.

ÇÍÎ˛˜ËÚÒfl ÙÛÌÍˆËfl ÄÇíé èêéÉ.

èËÌËÏ‡ÂÏ˚Â ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁËÓÌÌ˚Â ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î˚

·Û‰ÛÚ ‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍË ÒÓı‡ÌflÚ¸Òfl ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚË

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ ‚ ‚Ë‰Â ÒÔËÒÍ‡ ÌÓÏÂÓ‚ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ.

• ÑÎfl ÓÚÏÂÌ˚ ÙÛÌÍˆËË ÄÇíé èêéÉ. Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ

ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DISPLAY.

4 После сохранения телеканалов в списке номеров программ появится меню НАСТРОЙКА.

ç‡ÒÚÓÈÍ‡ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡

POWER

TV/VIDEO


PICTURE

MODE

1 2 3

4 5 6

7 8 9

RETURN

0

MULTI

O

V

E

N

L

C

MUTING

PIP

POSITION

FREEZE

SUB-P

PIP

MENU/

OK

NEXT

SWAP

STROBE

DISPLAY

• èÓÒÎÂ ˝ÚÓ„Ó ÏÓÊÌÓ Â‰‡ÍÚËÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÒÔËÒÓÍ

ÌÓÏÂÓ‚ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÙÛÌÍˆËË

çÄëíêéâäÄ/Çêìóçìû. ÅÓÎÂÂ ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛

ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆË˛ ÒÏ. ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ “çÄëíêéâäÄ/

Çêìóçìû” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 30.

• ÖÒÎË ÌÛÊÌ˚È ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î ÌÂ ÒÓı‡ÌÂÌ ‚ ÒÔËÒÍÂ

ÌÓÏÂÓ‚ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ, Â„Ó ÏÓÊÌÓ

Á‡Â„ËÒÚËÓ‚‡Ú¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÙÛÌÍˆËË êìóçÄü.

ÅÓÎÂÂ ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛ ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆË˛ ÒÏ. ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ

“çÄëíêéâäÄ/Çêìóçìû” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 30.

• îÛÌÍˆËfl ÄÇíé èêéÉ. ÌÂ ÒÓı‡ÌflÂÚ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î˚

Ì‡ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÂ Ò ÌÓÏÂÓÏ 0 (AV).

• ÖÒÎË ÙÛÌÍˆËfl çÄëíêéâäÄ/Çêìóçìû ‚ ‰‡ÌÌ˚È

ÏÓÏÂÌÚ ÌÂ ÌÛÊÌ‡, Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ MENU/OK

‰Îfl Á‡Í˚‚‡ÌËfl ÏÂÌ˛ çÄëíêéâäÄ.

На этом настройка заканчивается.

Новый телевизор JVC к Вашим услугам!

LCT0959-001B-H_R/01-21

Black

5

SYSTEM




TEXT

7/3/1, 8:12 PM

5

6

Кнопки и функции телевизора

0

9

8

7

2

1

S

OVER

V L/MONO

IN (VIDEO-4)

R

MENU

OK


EXIT

-


(За крышкой)

6 5 4 3

Включение питания

Нажмите кнопку питания

1

.

àÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl POWER 2 Á‡„ÓËÚÒfl Í‡ÒÌ˚Ï

Ë ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ‚ÓÈ‰ÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÓÊË‰‡ÌËfl.

ÑÎfl ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËfl ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl :

ÒÌÓ‚‡ Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl.

àÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl POWER 2 ÔÓ„‡ÒÌÂÚ.

Включение телевизора, находящегося в режиме ожидания

Нажмите одну из кнопок CHANNEL

m 5

.

àÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl POWER 2 ËÁÏÂÌËÚ ˆ‚ÂÚ Ò

Í‡ÒÌÓ„Ó Ì‡ ÁÂÎÂÌ˚È Ë ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ‚ÍÎ˛˜ËÚÒfl.

• ç‡ıÓ‰fl˘ËÈÒfl ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ ÓÊË‰‡ÌËfl

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ÏÓÊÌÓ Ú‡ÍÊÂ ‚ÍÎ˛˜ËÚ¸

Ì‡ÊËÏÓÏ ÍÌÓÔÍË TV/VIDEO 3 .

Выбор телеканала

Нажимайте кнопки CHANNEL

m 5

.

Выбор панели ВИДЕО

Нажимайте кнопки TV/VIDEO

3

или

CHANNEL

m 5

.

Регулировка громкости

Нажимайте кнопки VOLUME

m 4

.

èÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ËÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ÛÓ‚Ìfl „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË.

Кнопка MENU

6

ç‡ÊËÏÓÏ ˝ÚÓÈ ÍÌÓÔÍË ÓÚÍ˚‚‡ÂÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛.

ÅÓÎÂÂ ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛ ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆË˛ ÒÏ. ‚

‡Á‰ÂÎÂ “àÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡”

Ì‡ ÒÚ. 19.

Датчик пульта дистанционного управления и ЭКО-сенсор

9

Индикатор ECО

7

ÖÒÎË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ ñàîêéÇéâ

ùäéëÖçëéê Ì‡ Çäã ËÎË ÑàëèãÖâ, Á‡„ÓËÚÒfl

ËÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ECé.

LCT0959-001B-H_R/01-21

Black

6 7/3/1, 8:12 PM

R

AUDIO

L/MONO VIDEO

OVER

S

C

R

C

B

R AUDIO

Y/VIDEO

VIDEO-1

VIDEO-2

VIDEO-3

COMPONENT

OUTPUT

R

AUDIO

L

VIDEO

AV COMPU LINK

R

AUDIO

L/MONO

VIDEO

OVER

S

C

R

C

B

R

AUDIO

L/MONO

Y/VIDEO

VIDEO-1

VIDEO-2

VIDEO-3/

COMPONENT

OUTPUT

R

AUDIO

L

VIDEO

AV COMPU LINK

$ #

=

~

!

@

äÌÓÔÍË Ë ÙÛÌÍˆËË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡

Индикатор SPATIALIZER

8

ùÚÓÚ ËÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ Á‡„Ó‡ÂÚÒfl, ÂÒÎË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸

ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ SPATIALIZER Ì‡ åéçé ËÎË LIVE.

Гнездо головного телефона

0

ÑÎfl ÔÓ‰ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËfl „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚

ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÈÚÂ ÒÚÂÂÓ ÏËÌË„ÌÂÁ‰Ó (‰Ë‡ÏÂÚ

3,5 ÏÏ).

èË ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËË „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚

ÒÎÂ‰ÛÈÚÂ ËÌÒÚÛÍˆËflÏ, ÔË‚Â‰ÂÌÌ˚Ï ‚

‡Á‰ÂÎÂ “çÄ ìôç àäà” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 25.

Панель VIDEO-1

=

• ëÏ. ÒÚ. 3 Ë 36.


~

• ëÏ. ÒÚ. 36.

Панель VIDEO-3/

COMPONENT

!

• ëÏ. ÒÚ. 28 Ë 36.


-

• ëÏ. ÒÚ. 36.

Панель OUTPUT

@

• ëÏ. ÒÚ. 36.

Гнездо антенны

#

èÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌËÚÂ ‡ÌÚÂÌÌ˚È Í‡·ÂÎ¸.

• ëÏ. ÒÚ. 3.

Панель AV COMPU LINK

$

• ëÏ. ÒÚ. 36 Ë 38.

7

LCT0959-001B-H_R/01-21

Black

7 7/3/1, 8:12 PM

8

Кнопки и функции пульта дистанционного управления

POWER

TV/VIDEO


PICTURE

MODE

1 2 3

4 5 6

7 8 9

RETURN

0

Включение телевизора, находящегося в режиме ожидания

Нажмите кнопку POWER.

ñ‚ÂÚ ËÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ‡ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl POWER ËÁÏÂÌËÚÒfl Ò Í‡ÒÌÓ„Ó

Ì‡ ÁÂÎÂÌ˚È Ë ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ‚ÍÎ˛˜ËÚÒfl.

• íÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ, Ì‡ıÓ‰fl˘ËÈÒfl ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ ÓÊË‰‡ÌËfl,

ÏÓÊÌÓ ‚ÍÎ˛˜ËÚ¸ Ì‡ÊËÏÓÏ ÍÌÓÔÍË TV/VIDEO, ÍÌÓÔÍË

CHANNEL m ËÎË ÍÌÓÔÓÍ Ò ÌÓÏÂ‡ÏË.

Для выключения телевизора:

ëÌÓ‚‡ Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ POWER.

ñ‚ÂÚ ËÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ‡ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl POWER ËÁÏÂÌËÚÒfl Ò ÁÂÎÂÌÓ„Ó

Ì‡ Í‡ÒÌ˚È Ë ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ‚ÓÈ‰ÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÓÊË‰‡ÌËfl.

E

N

L

MULTI

MUTING

V

O

PIP

POSITION

FREEZE

SUB-P

PIP

NEXT

MENU/

OK

SWAP

STROBE

DISPLAY

Выбор телеканала

Ç˚·ÂËÚÂ ÌÓÏÂ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚, ÔÓ‰ ÍÓÚÓ˚Ï ·˚Î

Á‡ÔÓÏÌÂÌ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î.

Нажимайте кнопку CHANNEL

m

или введите номер программы (ПР) с помощью кнопок с номерами.

• ÖÒÎË ÌÛÊÌÓ ‚‚ÂÒÚË ‰‚ÛÁÌ‡˜Ì˚È ÌÓÏÂ, Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ

ÍÌÓÔÍÛ -/-- ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ Ì‡ ‰‚ÛÁÌ‡˜ÌÛ˛ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ.

• ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î ÏÓÊÌÓ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ËÁ ÒÔËÒÍ‡ èêéÉ. ãàëí.

ÅÓÎÂÂ ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛ ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆË˛ ÒÏ. ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ

“äÌÓÔÍ‡ DISPLAY” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 11.

• ÖÒÎË ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ ÌÂ˜ÂÚÍÓÂ ËÎË ÌÂÚ Á‚ÛÍ‡, ‚˚ÔÓÎÌËÚÂ

ËÌÒÚÛÍˆËË ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ “äÌÓÔÍ‡ COLOUR SYSTEM” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 11.

SYSTEM




TEXT

Регулирование громкости

Нажимайте кнопки VOLUME

m

.

• ÉÓÏÍÓÒÚ¸ „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚ ˝ÚËÏË ÍÌÓÔÍ‡ÏË ÌÂ

Â„ÛÎËÛÂÚÒfl. ëÎÂ‰ÛÈÚÂ ËÌÒÚÛÍˆËflÏ ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ “çÄ

ìôç àäà” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 25.

Просмотр изображения с внешнего устройства

Ç˚·ÂËÚÂ Ô‡ÌÂÎ¸ VIDEO, ˜ÂÂÁ ÍÓÚÓÛ˛

ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌflÂÚÒfl ‚ÌÂ¯ÌÂÂ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó.

Нажмите кнопку TV/VIDEO.

• è‡ÌÂÎ¸ VIDEO ÏÓÊÌÓ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ

CHANNEL m ËÎË ËÁ ÒÔËÒÍ‡ èêéÉ. ãàëí.

Для возврата к телеканалу:

ç‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TV/VIDEO, ÍÌÓÔÍÛ CHANNEL m ËÎË

ÍÌÓÔÍÛ Ò ÌÓÏÂÓÏ.

8 7/3/1, 8:12 PM LCT0959-001B-H_R/01-21

Black

äÌÓÔÍË Ë ÙÛÌÍˆËË ÔÛÎ¸Ú‡ ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl

Кнопка MUTING

Кнопка MUTING используется для выключения звука. Повторный нажим кнопки MUTING приводит к включению звука на той же громкости, которая была до выключения звука.

16:9

ùÚÓÚ ÂÊËÏ Ó·ÂÒÔÂ˜Ë‚‡ÂÚ ÔÂÓ·‡ÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂ

ÌÓÏ‡Î¸ÌÓ„Ó ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl (ÙÓÏ‡Ú 4:3) ‚

¯ËÓÍÓÙÓÏ‡ÚÌÓÂ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ (ÙÓÏ‡Ú

16:9).

• ùÚÓÚ ÂÊËÏ ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÂÚÒfl ‰Îfl

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ Ò ÙÓÏ‡ÚÓÏ 16:9,

ÒÊ‡Ú˚ı ‰Ó Ó·˚˜ÌÓ„Ó ÙÓÏ‡Ú‡

(ÙÓÏ‡Ú 4:3), ÓÌ ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ

‚ÓÒÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ÔÂ‚ÓÌ‡˜‡Î¸Ì˚È ÙÓÏ‡Ú.

Кнопка ZOOM

àÏÂÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl ÙÓÏ‡Ú‡

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ÔÛÚÂÏ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl

ÙÓÏ‡Ú‡. Ç˚·ÂËÚÂ ÓÔÚËÏ‡Î¸Ì˚È ÙÓÏ‡Ú Ò

ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı ÂÊËÏÓ‚ ZOOM.

Для выбора режима нажмите кнопку

ZOOM.

• ÖÒÎË ÔË ÔËÂÏÂ Progressive ‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡Î‡

(ÒË„Ì‡ÎÓ‚ 525P) Ì‡Ê‡Ú¸ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ZOOM, Ì‡

˝Í‡ÌÂ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl Ì‡‰ÔËÒ¸ ÒË„Ì‡Î “525P” Ë

ÙÛÌÍˆËfl ZOOM ‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸ ÌÂ ·Û‰ÂÚ.

НОРМАЛЬНОЕ

àÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÂÚÒfl ‰Îfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl ÌÓÏ‡Î¸ÌÓ„Ó,

ÌÂËÁÏÂÌÂÌÌÓ„Ó ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl (ÙÓÏ‡Ú 4:3).

ZOOM

åÓÊÌÓ ÛÍÛÔÌËÚ¸ ¯ËÓÍÓÙÓÏ‡ÚÌÓÂ

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ (ÙÓÏ‡Ú 16:9), Ú‡Í ˜ÚÓ ÓÌÓ

Á‡ÔÓÎÌËÚ ‚ÂÒ¸ ˝Í‡Ì.

• ãÂ‚˚È Ë Ô‡‚˚È Í‡fl ¯ËÓÍÓÙÓÏ‡ÚÌÓ„Ó

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl (ÙÓÏ‡Ú 16:9) ·Û‰ÛÚ ÓÚÂÁ‡Ì˚.

Кнопка SPATIALIZER

ë ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÙÛÌÍˆËË SPATIALIZER ÏÓÊÌÓ

ÔÓÎÛ˜‡Ú¸ “ÊË‚ÓÈ” (Live) ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ ÔË

ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Surround sound

(ÓÍÛÊ‡˛˘ËÈ Á‚ÛÍ).

Нажмите кнопку SPATIALIZER для выбора режима.

LIVE:

ùÚÓÚ ÂÊËÏ ‰‡ÂÚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸

ÔÂÓ·‡ÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl Ó·˚˜ÌÓ„Ó ÒÚÂÂÓÁ‚ÛÍ‡

‚ ÓÍÛÊ‡˛˘ËÈ Á‚ÛÍ Ò Û‚ÂÎË˜ÂÌÌÓÈ

„ÎÛ·ËÌÓÈ Ë ÓÍÛÊ‡˛˘ËÏË ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ‡ÏË.

MOНO:

ùÚÓÚ ÂÊËÏ ‰‡ÂÚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸

ÔÂÓ·‡ÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl Ó·˚˜ÌÓ„Ó ÏÓÌÓÁ‚ÛÍ‡ ‚

Á‚ÛÍ, ËÏËÚËÛ˛˘ËÈ ÒÚÂÂÓÙÓÌË˜ÂÒÍÓÂ

Á‚Û˜‡ÌËÂ.

ВЫКЛ:

ùÚÓ ÂÊËÏ ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËfl.

• êÂÊËÏ LIVE ÌÓÏ‡Î¸ÌÓ ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ

ÚÓÎ¸ÍÓ ‚ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ÒÚÂÂÓÁ‚ÛÍ‡.

• êÂÊËÏ LIVE ÌÂ ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ÔË

ÔÓÒÎÛ¯Ë‚‡ÌËË ˜ÂÂÁ „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚Â

ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌ˚.

• êÂÊËÏ MOçO ÌÓÏ‡Î¸ÌÓ ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ

ÚÓÎ¸ÍÓ ‚ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ÏÓÌÓÁ‚ÛÍ‡.

Система SPATIALIZER изготовлена по лицензии компании Desper Products,Inc.

9

LCT0959-001B-H_R/01-21

Black

9 7/3/1, 8:12 PM

10


Кнопка BASS

ÑÎfl ‚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËfl ÏÓ˘Ì˚ı ·‡ÒÓ‚ ÏÓÊÌÓ

ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ ëìèÖê ÅÄë.

Для включения и выключения функции СУПЕР БАС нажимайте кнопку BASS.

ВКЛ :

îÛÌÍˆËfl ‚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÂÚÒfl.

ВЫКЛ :

îÛÌÍˆËfl ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÂÚÒfl.

Для регистрации телеканала как

“Возвращаемый телеканал” :

Ç˚·ÂËÚÂ ÌÓÏÂ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚,

Ì‡ÁÌ‡˜ÂÌÌ˚È ‰Îfl ˝ÚÓ„Ó ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡,

Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ RETURN+ Ë ‰ÂÊËÚÂ ÂÂ

Ì‡Ê‡ÚÓÈ ‚ ÚÂ˜ÂÌËÂ ÌÂ ÏÂÌÂÂ 3 ÒÂÍÛÌ‰.

èÓfl‚ÎÂÌËÂ Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ Ì‡‰ÔËÒË “ÇéáÇêÄí

äÄçÄãÄ áÄèêéÉêÄååàêéÇÄç!”

ÔÓ‰Ú‚ÂÊ‰‡ÂÚ Á‡‚Â¯ÂÌËÂ Â„ËÒÚ‡ˆËË.

Кнопка PICTURE MODE

åÓÊÌÓ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ Ó‰ËÌ ËÁ ÚÂı ÂÊËÏÓ‚

èêÖÑìëíÄçéÇäà ‰Îfl ‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍÓ„Ó

Â„ÛÎËÓ‚‡ÌËfl Ô‡‡ÏÂÚÓ‚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl.

Для выбора режима нажимайте кнопку PICTURE MODE.

ЯРКИЙ :

èÓ‚˚¯‡ÂÚ ÍÓÌÚ‡ÒÚÌÓÒÚ¸ Ë ˜ÂÚÍÓÒÚ¸.

СТАНДАРТ :

ÑÂÎ‡ÂÚ Ô‡‡ÏÂÚ˚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl

ÒÚ‡Ì‰‡ÚÌ˚ÏË.

МЯГКИЙ :

ëÏfl„˜‡ÂÚ ÍÓÌÚ‡ÒÚÌÓÒÚ¸ Ë ˜ÂÚÍÓÒÚ¸.

Кнопка RETURN+

äÌÓÔÍ‡ RETURN+ ‚˚ÔÓÎÌflÂÚ ‰‚Â ÙÛÌÍˆËË:

ÇéáÇêÄí+ Ë ÇéáÇêÄí.

ÖÒÎË ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î Á‡Â„ËÒÚËÓ‚‡Ì Í‡Í

“ÇÓÁ‚‡˘‡ÂÏ˚È ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î”, ‰Îfl ˝ÚÓ„Ó

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡ ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ ÙÛÌÍˆËfl ÇéáÇêÄí+.

ÖÒÎË ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î ÌÂ Á‡Â„ËÒÚËÓ‚‡Ì Í‡Í

“ÇÓÁ‚‡˘‡ÂÏ˚È ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î”, ‰Îfl ˝ÚÓ„Ó

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡ ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ ÙÛÌÍˆËfl ÇéáÇêÄí.

Функция ВОЗВРАТ+ :

á‡Â„ËÒÚËÓ‚‡‚ ˜‡ÒÚÓ ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÂÏ˚È

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î Í‡Í “ÇÓÁ‚‡˘‡ÂÏ˚È ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î”,

ÏÓÊÌÓ ‚˚·Ë‡Ú¸ ˝ÚÓÚ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î ‚ Î˛·ÓÈ

ÏÓÏÂÌÚ ÔÛÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊËÏ‡ ÍÌÓÔÍË RETURN+.

Для отмены регистрации телеканала как

“возвращаемого” :

ÔË ÔÓÒÏÓÚÂ Î˛·Ó„Ó ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡

Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ RETURN+ Ë ‰ÂÊËÚÂ ÂÂ

Ì‡Ê‡ÚÓÈ ‚ ÚÂ˜ÂÌËÂ ÌÂ ÏÂÌÂÂ 3 ÒÂÍÛÌ‰.

ç‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl Ì‡‰ÔËÒ¸ “ÇéáÇêÄí

äÄçÄãÄ éíåÖçÖç!”, ˜ÚÓ ÓÁÌ‡˜‡ÂÚ ÓÚÏÂÌÛ

Â„ËÒÚ‡ˆËË.

• èË ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡

Â„ËÒÚ‡ˆËfl “‚ÓÁ‚‡˘‡ÂÏÓ„Ó

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡” ÓÚÏÂÌflÂÚÒfl.

• ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ıÓÚËÚÂ ÔÓÔÂÂÏÂÌÌÓ ÒÏÓÚÂÚ¸

“ÇÓÁ‚‡˘‡ÂÏ˚È ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î” Ë Í‡ÍÓÈ-ÎË·Ó

‰Û„ÓÈ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î, ÒÌ‡˜‡Î‡ ‚˚·ÂËÚÂ ˝ÚÓÚ

‰Û„ÓÈ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î, ÔÓÒÎÂ ˝ÚÓ„Ó Ì‡ÊËÏÓÏ

ÍÌÓÔÍË RETURN+ ÏÓÊÌÓ ·Û‰ÂÚ

ÔÂÂÍÎ˛˜ËÚ¸Òfl Ì‡ “‚ÓÁ‚‡˘‡ÂÏ˚È”

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î.í‡ÍËÏ Ó·‡ÁÓÏ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛

ÍÌÓÔÍË RETURN+ ÏÓÊÌÓ ÔÂÂÍÎ˛˜‡Ú¸Òfl

ÏÂÊ‰Û ‰‚ÛÏfl ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡ÏË.

Функция ВОЗВРАТ :

íÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ‚ÂÏÂÌÌÓ Á‡ÔÓÏËÌ‡ÂÚ

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î, ÍÓÚÓ˚È ·˚Î ‚˚·‡Ì ÔÓÒÎÂ‰ÌËÏ

ÔÂÂ‰ ÔÓÒÏ‡ÚË‚‡ÂÏ˚Ï ‚ ‰‡ÌÌ˚È ÏÓÏÂÌÚ

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡ÎÓÏ, Í‡Í “èÓÒÎÂ‰ÌËÈ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î”.

ë ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÍË RETURN+ ÏÓÊÌÓ

ÔÂÂÍÎ˛˜‡Ú¸Òfl ÏÂÊ‰Û ÔÓÒÏ‡ÚË‚‡ÂÏ˚Ï ‚

‰‡ÌÌ˚È ÏÓÏÂÌÚ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡ÎÓÏ Ë “èÓÒÎÂ‰ÌËÈ

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î”.

• ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ıÓÚËÚÂ ÒÏÓÚÂÚ¸ ‰‚‡

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡ ÔÓÔÂÂÏÂÌÌÓ Ò

ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ ÙÛÌÍˆËË ÇéáÇêÄí,

‚˚·ÂËÚÂ ÒÌ‡˜‡Î‡ Ó‰ËÌ, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ

‚ÚÓÓÈ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ Ò

ˆËÙ‡ÏË. ÖÒÎË ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î, ÌÂ

ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛfl ÍÌÓÔÍË Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË, ‚

Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚Â “èÓÒÎÂ‰ÌËÈ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î” ÏÓÊÂÚ

Á‡Â„ËÒÚËÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ÌÂ ÚÓÚ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î,

ÍÓÚÓ˚È ·˚Î ‚˚·‡Ì ÔÂ‚˚Ï.

LCT0959-001B-H_R/01-21

Black

10 7/3/1, 8:12 PM

Кнопка /


èË ÔÓÒÏÓÚÂ ‰‚ÛflÁ˚˜Ì˚ı ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ ÏÓÊÌÓ

‚˚·Ë‡Ú¸ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÂ ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËÂ üÁ˚Í 1

(Bilingual I (Sub I)) ËÎË üÁ˚Í 2 (Bilingual II (Sub II)).

èË ÔÎÓıÓÏ ÔËÂÏÂ ÒÚÂÂÓÚ‡ÌÒÎflˆËË

ÏÓÊÌÓ ÔÂÂÍÎ˛˜ËÚ¸Òfl ÒÓ ÒÚÂÂÓ Ì‡ ÏÓÌÓ ‰Îfl

ÛÎÛ˜¯ÂÌËfl ˜ÂÚÍÓÒÚË Á‚ÛÍ‡.

Нажмите кнопку / для выбора режима звучания.

: ëÚÂÂÓÙÓÌËfl

: åÓÌÓÙÓÌËfl

: üÁ˚Í I (sub I)

: üÁ˚Í II (sub II)

МОНО : éÚÏÂÌflÂÚ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ Multi Sound, Á‚ÛÍ

ÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÒfl ÏÓÌÓÙÓÌË˜ÂÒÍËÏ.

• ÇÓÁÏÓÊÌ˚Â ÂÊËÏ˚ Á‚Û˜‡ÌËfl Á‡‚ËÒflÚ

ÓÚ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁËÓÌÌÓÈ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚.

• ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËfl ÌÂ ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ‡ı

ÇàÑÖé.

Выбор телеканала или панели ВИДЕО.

1 Нажмите кнопку DISPLAY для отображения ПРОГ. ЛИСТ.

2 Кнопками

/

и

/

выберите номер программы или панели ВИДЕО. Затем нажмите кнопку MENU/OK.

• êfl‰ÓÏ Ò ÌÓÏÂÓÏ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ ‚ èêéÉ

ãàëí, ‰Îfl ÍÓÚÓ˚ı Á‡‰‡Ì‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËfl àÑ

çéåÖê, ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÁÌ‡Í ˝ÚÓÈ ÙÛÌÍˆËË

.

• çÓÏÂ‡ Ô‡ÌÂÎÂÈ ÇàÑÖé

Â„ËÒÚËÛ˛ÚÒfl ÔÓÒÎÂ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ Ò

ÌÓÏÂÓÏ èP 99.

Кнопка DISPLAY

Ñ‡ÂÚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ÓÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ

èêéÉ. ãàëí, ÌÓÏÂ‡ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ ËÎË

ÌÓÏÂ‡ Ô‡ÌÂÎË ÇàÑÖé.

Нажмите кнопку DISPLAY.

ç‡ÊËÏ ÍÌÓÔÍË DISPLAY ÔË‚Ó‰ËÚ Í

ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÏÛ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌË˛ ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆËË Ì‡

˝Í‡ÌÂ.

Кнопка COLOUR SYSTEM

ëËÒÚÂÏ‡ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË ‚˚·Ë‡ÂÚÒfl

‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍË, o‰Ì‡ÍÓ, ÂÒÎË ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ

ÌÂ˜ÂÚÍÓÂ ËÎË ÌÂˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÂ, ‚˚·ÂËÚÂ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ

ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË ‚Û˜ÌÛ˛.

Для выбора системы цветности используйте кнопку COLOUR

SYSTEM.

АВТО :

ùÚÓÚ ÂÊËÏ Ó·ÂÒÔÂ˜Ë‚‡ÂÚ ‡ÒÔÓÁÌ‡‚‡ÌËÂ

ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË ÔÓ ‚ıÓ‰ÌÓÏÛ ÒË„Ì‡ÎÛ.

• èË ÔÎÓıÓÏ Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚Â ÒË„Ì‡Î‡ ‡·ÓÚ‡

ÙÛÌÍˆËË ÄÇíé ÏÓÊÂÚ Ì‡Û¯ËÚ¸Òfl. èË

ÔÎÓıÓÏ Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚Â ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ

ÄÇíé ‚˚·ÂËÚÂ ‰Û„Û˛ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ


• îÛÌÍˆËfl ÄÇíé ‡ÒÔÓÁÌ‡ÂÚ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ

ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË ÔÓ ‚˚ıÓ‰ÌÓÏÛ ÒË„Ì‡ÎÛ Ë

‚˚·Ë‡ÂÚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘Û˛ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ

ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË ‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍË.

• Ç ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ‚˚·Ó‡ ëàëíÖåõ ñÇÖíçéëíà

‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂÎ¸ÌÓ„Ó ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl (SUBpicture), ÒÏ. ‡Á‰ÂÎ “àÁÏÂÌÂÌËÂ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚

ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË ÇíéêéëíÖèÖççéÉé

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 15.

11

LCT0959-001B-H_R/01-21

Black

11 7/3/1, 8:12 PM


• Ç ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl

˜ÂÂÁ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÛ èP 0 (AV) ËÎË

Ô‡ÌÂÎ¸ ÇàÑÖé ÏÓÊÌÓ ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸

ÚÓÎ¸ÍÓ ÂÊËÏ ÄÇíé.

• ÑÎfl ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ Ò ÌÓÏÂ‡ÏË ÓÚ èP 0

(AV) ‰Ó èP 99 ÌÂÎ¸Áfl ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸

ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ NTSC 3.58 ËÎË NTSC 4.43.

• ëËÒÚÂÏ˚ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË, ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÂÏ˚Â ‚

‡ÁÎË˜Ì˚ı ÒÚ‡Ì‡ı Ë Â„ËÓÌ‡ı,

ÛÍ‡Á‡Ì˚ ‚ Ú‡·ÎËˆÂ

“íÖãÖÇÖôÄíÖãúçõÖ ëàëíÖåõ” Ì‡

ÒÚ. 12.

ТЕЛЕВЕЩАТЕЛЬНЫЕ

СИСТЕМЫ

èÓ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ Ú‡·ÎËˆ‡Ï ÏÓÊÌÓ Ì‡ÈÚË ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚

Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËfl Ë ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË,

ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÂÏ˚Â ‚ ‚‡¯ÂÏ Â„ËÓÌÂ.

Кнопка SOUND SYSTEM

ëËÒÚÂÏ‡ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËfl

(Sound System) ‚˚·Ë‡ÂÚÒfl ‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍË.

é‰Ì‡ÍÓ, ÂÒÎË Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÂ ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËÂ

ÒÎ˚¯ÌÓ Ò ÔÓÏÂı‡ÏË ÔË ÌÓÏ‡Î¸ÌÓÏ

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËË, ‚˚·ÂËÚÂ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ

Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËfl ‚Û˜ÌÛ˛.

Для выбора нужной системы звукового сопровождения нажимайте кнопку SOUND

SYSTEM.

B/G :

ÒËÒÚÂÏ‡ B/G

I :

ÒËÒÚÂÏ‡ I

D/K :

ÒËÒÚÂÏ‡ D/K

M :

ÒËÒÚÂÏ‡ M

• ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËfl ÌÂ ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ

ÇàÑÖé.

• ëËÒÚÂÏ˚ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËfl,

ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÂÏ˚Â ‚ ‡ÁÎË˜Ì˚ı ÒÚ‡Ì‡ı

Ë Â„ËÓÌ‡ı, ÔË‚Â‰ÂÌ˚ ‚ Ú‡·ÎËˆÂ

“íÖãÖÇÖôÄíÖãúçõÖ ëàëíÖåõ” Ì‡

ÒÚ. 12.

12

LCT0959-001B-H_R/01-21

Black

12 7/3/1, 8:12 PM


Кнопка FREEZE

àÏÂÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ÔÂ‰ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÒÚÓÔ-

Í‡‰‡ ÉãÄÇçéÉé ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ‚ ‚Ë‰Â

ÇíéêéëíÖèÖççéÉé ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl.

Нажмите кнопку FREEZE.

Для отмены функции

ЗАМОРОЗИТЬ :

ëÌÓ‚‡ Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ FREEZE.

• äÓ„‰‡ Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ËÏÂÂÚÒfl

ÇíéêéëíÖèÖççéÖ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ Ë

ÉãÄÇçéÖ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ, ÍÌÓÔÍÓÈ FREEZE

ÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ÌÂÎ¸Áfl.

• ÖÒÎË ÔË ÔËÂÏÂ Progressive

‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡Î‡ (ÒË„Ì‡ÎÓ‚ 525P) Ì‡Ê‡Ú¸

ÍÌÓÔÍÛ FREEZE, Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl

Ì‡‰ÔËÒ¸ ÒË„Ì‡Î “525P” Ë ÙÛÌÍˆËfl FREEZE

‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸ ÌÂ ·Û‰ÂÚ.

• äÓ„‰‡ Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ËÏÂÂÚÒfl

ÇíéêéëíÖèÖççéÖ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ Ë

ÉãÄÇçéÖ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ, ÍÌÓÔÍÓÈ

STROBE ÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ÌÂÎ¸Áfl.



ÍÌÓÔÍÛ STROBE, Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl

Ì‡‰ÔËÒ¸ ÒË„Ì‡Î “525P” Ë ÙÛÌÍˆËfl

STROBE ‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸ ÌÂ ·Û‰ÂÚ.

• ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ÚÓÌ‡Î¸ÌÓÒÚË ñÇ. íéç ÌÂ

ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌ˚ ‰Îfl ÌÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌ˚ı

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ, ‰‡ÊÂ ÔË

ÔÓÒÏÓÚÂ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏÂ

ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË NTSC.

àÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂ

ÙÛÌÍˆËË MULTI

ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËfl ‰‡ÂÚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ‚˚ÁÓ‚‡ Ì‡

˝Í‡Ì ÌÂÒÍÓÎ¸ÍËı ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ Ò ÚÂÏ,

˜ÚÓ·˚ Ó·ÎÂ„˜ËÚ¸ ‚˚·Ó Ì‡Ë·ÓÎÂÂ

ËÌÚÂÂÒÌÓÈ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚.

1 Нажмите кнопку MULTI.

Ç ÂÁÛÎ¸Ú‡ÚÂ Ì‡ÊËÏÓ‚ ÍÌÓÔÍË MULTI

˝Í‡Ì ËÁÏÂÌflÂÚÒfl ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ

Ó·‡ÁÓÏ.

Кнопка STROBE

ùÚ‡ ÍÌÓÔÍ‡ ‰‡ÂÚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ÓÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl

ÉãÄÇçéÉé ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ‚ ‚Ë‰Â 15

ÔÓÒÎÂ‰Ó‚‡ÚÂÎ¸Ì˚ı ÒÚÓÔ-Í‡‰Ó‚.

Нажмите кнопку STROBE.

1 1

2

3

4

5

9

13

1

5

2

6

10

3

7

11

4

8

12

14 15 5 16

Для отмены функции STROBE :

Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ STROBE ‰Îfl ‚ÓÁ‚‡Ú‡ Í

ÉãÄÇçéåì ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË˛.

• èË ÒÎ‡·ÓÏ ÒË„Ì‡ÎÂ ÉãÄÇçéÉé

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ÒÚÓÔ-Í‡‰˚

‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰flÚÒfl Ò ËÒÍ‡ÊÂÌËflÏË.

LCT0959-001B-H_R/01-21

Black

13 7/3/1, 8:12 PM

13

14


Для вызова на экран следующего изображения Multi :

Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ NEXT.

2 Выберите изображение с помощью кнопок

/

и

/

, а затем нажмите кнопку MENU/

OK.

ùÍ‡Ì ÔÂÂÍÎ˛˜ËÚÒfl Ì‡ ‚˚·‡ÌÌ˚È

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î ËÎË ÂÊËÏ ÇàÑÖé.

• çÓÏÂ‡ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ, Ì‡ ÍÓÚÓ˚ı ÌËÍ‡ÍËÂ

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î˚ ÌÂ Á‡Â„ËÒÚËÓ‚‡Ì˚, Ë

ÌÓÏÂ‡ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ, ‰Îfl ÍÓÚÓ˚ı

Ì‡ÁÌ‡˜ÂÌ‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËfl àÑ çéåÖê, ÌÂ

ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡˛ÚÒfl.

• Ç˚ÔÓÎÌflÚ¸ ÓÔÂ‡ˆËË Ò ÏÂÌ˛, Ú‡ÍËÂ Í‡Í

Â„ÛÎËÓ‚Í‡ „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı

ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚, ÌÂÎ¸Áfl. ÑÎfl ‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌËfl

ÓÔÂ‡ˆËÈ Ò ÏÂÌ˛ ÓÚÏÂÌËÚÂ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛

MULTI.



ÍÌÓÔÍÛ MULTI, Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl

Ì‡‰ÔËÒ¸ ÒË„Ì‡Î “525P” Ë ÙÛÌÍˆËfl MULTI

‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸ ÌÂ ·Û‰ÂÚ.

• Ç ÚÂ˜ÂÌËÂ ÌÂÔÓ‰ÓÎÊËÚÂÎ¸ÌÓ„Ó

ÔÂËÓ‰‡, ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ„Ó ‰Îfl

Á‡Í˚‚‡ÌËfl ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl ÏÌÓ„Ó˜ËÒÎÂÌÌ˚ı

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ, Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÂ ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËÂ

·Û‰ÂÚ ÓÚÒÛÚÒÚ‚Ó‚‡Ú¸.

àÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂ

ÙÛÌÍˆËË PIP

àÏÂÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ Ó‰ÌÓ‚ÂÏÂÌÌÓ„Ó

ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ ‰‚Ûı ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ (ÉãÄÇç Ë

ÇíéêéëíÖè).

Нажмите кнопку PIP.

ç‡ÊËÏ ÍÌÓÔÍË PIP ËÁÏÂÌflÂÚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ Ì‡

˝Í‡ÌÂ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ Ó·‡ÁÓÏ:

5

2

• ëÏÓÚÂÚ¸ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ Ó‰ÌÓÈ Ë ÚÓÈ ÊÂ

ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ (ËÎË ˜ÂÂÁ Ó‰ÌÛ Ë ÚÛ ÊÂ

Ô‡ÌÂÎ¸ ÇàÑÖé) Ó‰ÌÓ‚ÂÏÂÌÌÓ Í‡Í

ÉãÄÇçéÖ Ë ÇíéêéëíÖèÖççéÖ ÌÂÎ¸Áfl.

• èË ÔÎÓıÓÏ ÒË„Ì‡ÎÂ ÉãÄÇçéÉé

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ÒË„Ì‡Î ÇíéêéëíÖèÖççéÉé

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÓÊÂÚ Ú‡ÍÊÂ ·˚Ú¸ ÔÎÓıËÏ.

• ÖÒÎË ÒÚ‡Ì‰‡Ú˚ ÓÒÌÓ‚ÌÓ„Ó Ë

‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂÎ¸ÌÓ„Ó ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ ‡ÁÎË˜Ì˚,

Ëı ‚ÂıÌËÂ Ë ÌËÊÌËÂ ˜‡ÒÚË ÏÓ„ÛÚ ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÛÚ¸.

• èË ÔÓÒÏÓÚÂ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ Ò

ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ ÙÛÌÍˆËË PIP ÙÛÌÍˆËfl

ZOOM ÌÂ ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ.

• ÑéèéãçàíÖãúçéÖ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ ÌÂÎ¸Áfl

ÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚ¸ ‚ ‚Ë‰Â ‚˚ıÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó ÒË„Ì‡Î‡

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡.

• ÖÒÎË ÔË ÔËÂÏÂ Progressive ‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡Î‡

(ÒË„Ì‡ÎÓ‚ 525P) Ì‡Ê‡Ú¸ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ PIP, Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ

ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl Ì‡‰ÔËÒ¸ ÒË„Ì‡Î “525P” Ë ÙÛÌÍˆËfl

PIP ‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸ ÌÂ ·Û‰ÂÚ.

LCT0959-001B-H_R/01-21

Black

14 7/3/1, 8:12 PM


Выбор телеканала для

ВТОРОСТЕПЕННОГО изображения

Нажмите кнопку SUB-P

m

.

3 Нажмите кнопку

/

для выбора ВТОРОСТЕП, а затем кнопку

/

для выбора нужной системы цветности. После этого нажмите кнопку MENU/OK.

• àÁÏÂÌflÚ¸ ëàëíÖåì ñÇÖíçéëíà

ÇíéêéëíÖèÖççéÉé ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl Ò

ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÍË COLOUR SYSTEM ÔÛÎ¸Ú‡

‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÌÂÎ¸Áfl.

Прослушивание звукового сопровождения


á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÂ ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËÂ

ÑéèéãçàíÖãúçéÉé ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÓÊÌÓ

ÔÓÒÎÛ¯Ë‚‡Ú¸ ˜ÂÂÁ „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚Â ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌ˚, ÔË

˝ÚÓÏ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÂ ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËÂ éëçéÇçéÉé

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ·Û‰ÂÚ ÔÂÂ‰‡‚‡Ú¸Òfl ˜ÂÂÁ

„ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡.


‡Á‰ÂÎÂ “Ééã íÖãÖîéç” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 25.

Кнопка POSITION

àÏÂÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ Â„ÛÎËÓ‚‡ÌËfl

ÇíéêéëíÖèÖççéÉé ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ÔË

ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ÂÊËÏ‡ “PeÊËÏ Ó‰ÌÓ„Ó

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl”.

Нажимайте кнопку POSITION.

èË Í‡Ê‰ÓÏ Ì‡ÊËÏÂ ˝ÚÓÈ ÍÌÓÔÍË

ÇíéêéëíÖèÖççéÖ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ ·Û‰ÂÚ

ÔÂÂÏÂ˘‡Ú¸Òfl ‚ Ì‡Ô‡‚ÎÂÌËË ÔÓÚË‚

˜‡ÒÓ‚ÓÈ ÒÚÂÎÍË.

Изменение системы цветности


1 Когда на экране имеется

ВТОРОСТЕПЕННОЕ изображение, нажмите кнопку

MENU/OK для вызова на экран

МЕНЮ (основное меню).

2 Нажмите кнопку

/

для выборы СИСТЕМА ЦВЕТНОСТИ, а затем кнопку MENU/OK.

Кнопка SWAP

ùÚ‡ ÍÌÓÔÍ‡ ‰‡ÂÚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ÏÂÌflÚ¸ ÏÂÒÚ‡ÏË

ÉãÄÇçéÖ Ë ÇíéêéëíÖèÖççéÖ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl.

Нажмите кнопку SWAP.

LCT0959-001B-H_R/01-21

Black

15

• çÂ Ì‡ÊËÏ‡ÈÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ SWAP ÔË

Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡ÌËË ÚÂÎÂÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ Ì‡ Çå –

˝ÚÓ ÔË‚Â‰ÂÚ Í ËÁÏÂÌÂÌË˛ ‚˚ıÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó

ÒË„Ì‡Î‡ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡.

7/3/1, 8:12 PM

15

16


èÓÒÏÓÚ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚

Ò ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚÓÏ

1 Выберите телеканал с телетекстом.

2 Нажмите кнопку TV/TEXT.

ç‡ÊËÏ ÍÌÓÔÍË TV/TEXT ËÁÏÂÌflÂÚ ÂÊËÏ

ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ Ó·‡ÁÓÏ:

Кнопка HOLD

àÏÂÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ÒÓı‡ÌÂÌËfl (HOLD)

ÒÚ‡ÌËˆ˚ ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡ Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ÒÍÓÎ¸

Û„Ó‰ÌÓ ‰ÓÎ„Ó, ‰‡ÊÂ ÍÓ„‰‡ ÔËÌËÏ‡ÂÚÒfl

ÌÂÒÍÓÎ¸ÍÓ ‰Û„Ëı ÒÚ‡ÌËˆ ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡.

Нажмите кнопку HOLD

Ç ÎÂ‚ÓÏ ‚ÂıÌÂÏ Û„ÎÛ ˝Í‡Ì‡ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl .

Для отмены функции Hold :

ÒÌÓ‚‡ Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ HOLD.

3 Выберите страницу телетекста с помощью кнопок CHANNEL

m

, кнопок с цифрами или цветных кнопок.

Для возврата к режиму ТВ :

Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TV/TEXT ËÎË ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TV/

VIDEO.

• ÖÒÎË ‚ÓÁÌËÍ‡˛Ú ÔÓ·ÎÂÏ˚ ÔË ÔËÂÏÂ

ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ Ò ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚÓÏ, Ó·‡ÚËÚÂÒ¸ Í

ÏÂÒÚÌÓÏÛ ‰ËÎÂÛ ËÎË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁËÓÌÌÓÈ

ÍÓÏÔ‡ÌËË.

• Ç ÂÊËÏÂ íÂÍÒÚ ZOOM Á‡ÙËÍÒËÓ‚‡Ì

Ì‡ ÂÊËÏÂ çéêåÄãúçéÖ.

• èË ÔÓÒÏÓÚÂ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ Ò

ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚÓÏ ÓÔÂ‡ˆËË Ò ÏÂÌ˛

‚˚ÔÓÎÌflÚ¸ ÌÂÎ¸Áfl.

• èË ÌÂ‚ÂÌÓÏ ‚˚‚Ó‰Â Ì‡ ˝Í‡Ì

ÒËÏ‚ÓÎÓ‚ ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡ ËÁÏÂÌËÚÂ

ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍÛ üáõä íÖãÖíÖäëíÄ.

èÓ‰Ó·Ì˚Â Ò‚Â‰ÂÌËfl ÒÏ. ÔÓ‰

Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÍÓÏ “üáõä íÖãÖíÖäëíÄ” Ì‡ ÒÚ.

34.

Кнопка REVEAL

ç‡ ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı ÒÚ‡ÌËˆ‡ı ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡

ËÏÂÂÚÒfl ÒÍ˚Ú˚È ÚÂÍÒÚ (Ì‡ÔËÏÂ, ÓÚ‚ÂÚ˚

Ì‡ ‚ÓÔÓÒ˚ ‚ËÍÚÓËÌ˚).

àÏÂÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ‚˚ÁÓ‚‡ Ì‡ ˝Í‡Ì

ÒÍ˚ÚÓ„Ó ÚÂÍÒÚ‡.

При каждом нажиме на кнопку

REVEAL текст исчезает или появляется.

Кнопка SIZE

àÏÂÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ Û‚ÂÎË˜ÂÌËfl ‚˚ÒÓÚ˚

‰ËÒÔÎÂfl ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡ ‚‰‚ÓÂ.

Нажмите кнопку SIZE.

Кнопка INDEX

àÏÂÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ Ï„ÌÓ‚ÂÌÌÓ„Ó

‚ÓÁ‚‡Ú‡ Í ÒÚ‡ÌËˆÂ ÒÓ‰ÂÊ‡ÌËfl.

Нажмите кнопку INDEX.

• Ç ÂÊËÏÂ ëÔËÒÓÍ ÏÓÊÌÓ ‚ÂÌÛÚ¸Òfl Í

ÒÚ‡ÌËˆÂ, ÌÓÏÂ ÍÓÚÓÓÈ ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡ÂÚÒfl

‚ ÎÂ‚ÓÏ ÌËÊÌÂÏ Û„ÎÛ ˝Í‡Ì‡.

Кнопка CANCEL

àÏÂÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ÔÓËÒÍ‡ ÒÚ‡ÌËˆ˚

ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡ ÔË ÔÓÒÏÓÚÂ ÚÂÎÂÔÓ„‡ÏÏ.

1 Нажимая кнопки с цифрами, введите номер страницы или нажмите цветную кнопку.

íÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ Ì‡˜ËÌ‡ÂÚ ËÒÍ‡Ú¸ ÒÚ‡ÌËˆÛ

ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡.

LCT0959-001B-H_R/01-21

Black

16 7/3/1, 8:12 PM


2 Нажмите кнопку CANCEL.

èÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÚÂÎÂÔÓ„‡ÏÏ‡. äÓ„‰‡

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ Ì‡È‰ÂÚ ÒÚ‡ÌËˆÛ ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡,

ÂÂ ÌÓÏÂ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ‚ ÎÂ‚ÓÏ ‚ÂıÌÂÏ

Û„ÎÛ ˝Í‡Ì‡.

3 Нажмите кнопку CANCEL для возврата к странице телетекста, когда ее номер появится на экране.

• ë ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÍË CANCEL ‚ÂÌÛÚ¸Òfl

‚ ÂÊËÏ íÇ ÌÂÎ¸Áfl.

Кнопка SUBPAGE

çÂÍÓÚÓ˚Â ÒÚ‡ÌËˆ˚ ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡ ËÏÂ˛Ú

‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍË ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡ÂÏ˚Â

ÔÓ‰ÒÚ‡ÌËˆ˚. àÏÂÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸

ÒÓı‡ÌÂÌËfl ÔÓ‰ÒÚ‡ÌËˆ˚ Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ËÎË ÂÂ

ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ ‚ Î˛·ÓÈ ÏÓÏÂÌÚ ‚ÂÏÂÌË.

1 Нажмите кнопку SUBPAGE для включения функции

Подстраница.

çÓÏÂ‡ ÔÓ‰ÒÚ‡ÌËˆ ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡˛ÚÒfl ‚

ÌËÊÌÂÈ ˜‡ÒÚË ˝Í‡Ì‡.

Цвет*

ÜÂÎÚ˚È

Состояние подстраницы

ç‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ‚ Ì‡ÒÚÓfl˘ËÈ ÏÓÏÂÌÚ.

ÅÂÎ˚È åÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ ‚˚Á‚‡Ì‡ Ì‡ ˝Í‡Ì.

ëËÌËÈ ËÎË çÂ ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ ‚˚Á‚‡Ì‡ Ì‡

Í‡ÒÌ˚È ˝Í‡Ì Ë ÌÂ ÔÓÒÎ‡Ì‡.

* : ñ‚ÂÚ ÙÓÌ‡, Ì‡ ÍÓÚÓÓÏ ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡ÂÚÒfl

ÌÓÏÂ ÔÓ‰ÒÚ‡ÌËˆ˚.

2 Нажимайте кнопки

/

для выбора номера подстраницы.

Для отмены функции Подстраница :

ÒÌÓ‚‡ Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ SUBPAGE.

Использование режима

Список

Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚÂ ÒÓı‡ÌflÚ¸ ÌÓÏÂ‡ Î˛·ËÏ˚ı

ÒÚ‡ÌËˆ ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡ ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚË Ë ·˚ÒÚÓ

‚˚Á˚‚‡Ú¸ Ëı ËÁ Ô‡ÏflÚË Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ˆ‚ÂÚÌ˚ı

ÍÌÓÔÓÍ.

Для сохранения номеров страниц :

1 Нажмите кнопку MODE для входа в режим Список.

Ç ÌËÊÌÂÈ ˜‡ÒÚË ˝Í‡Ì‡ ÓÚÓ·‡ÁflÚÒfl

ËÏÂ˛˘ËÂÒfl ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚË ÌÓÏÂ‡ ÒÚ‡ÌËˆ.

2 С помощью цветной кнопки выберите номер (позицию).

Затем с помощью кнопок с цифрами введите номер страницы.

3 Нажмите и удержите кнопку

STORE.

óÂÚ˚Â ÌÓÏÂ‡ ÒÚ‡ÌËˆ ·Û‰ÛÚ ÏË„‡Ú¸

Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ, ˜ÚÓ ÛÍ‡Á˚‚‡ÂÚ Ì‡

ÒÓı‡ÌÂÌËÂ Ëı ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚË.

Для вызова сохраненной страницы :

1 Нажмите кнопку MODE для входа в режим Список.

2 Нажмите цветную кнопку, для которой был назначен нужный номер страницы.

Для выхода из режима Список :

ÒÌÓ‚‡ Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ MODE

LCT0959-001B-H_R/01-21

Black

17 7/3/1, 8:12 PM

17

Как пользоваться меню телевизора

êfl‰ÓÏ ÙÛÌÍˆËÈ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ ÏÓÊÌÓ ÛÔ‡‚ÎflÚ¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÏÂÌ˛.

óÚÓ·˚ ËÏÂÚ¸ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl ‚ÒÂı ÙÛÌÍˆËÈ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡, ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ıÓÓ¯Ó

ÁÌ‡Ú¸ ÔËÌˆËÔ˚ ‡·ÓÚ˚ ÏÂÌ˛.

POWER

TV/VIDEO


PICTURE

MODE

1 2 3

4 5 6

7 8 9

RETURN

0

Основные операции

1 Нажмите кнопку MENU/OK для вызова МЕНЮ (основного меню).

MULTI

E

N

L

MUTING

O

V • ç‡ ‰ËÒÔÎÂÂ ÒÌËÁÛ ÓÚ ÏÂÌ˛ ÔÓÍ‡Á‡Ì˚ ÍÌÓÔÍË

ÔÛÎ¸Ú‡ ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl,

ÍÓÚÓ˚ÏË ÏÓÊÌÓ ÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ‰Îfl

ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚˚·‡ÌÌÓÈ ÙÛÌÍˆËÂÈ.

PIP

POSITION

FREEZE

SUB-P

PIP

MENU/

OK

NEXT

SWAP

STROBE

DISPLAY

SYSTEM




TEXT

2 Нажимая кнопки

/

и

/

выберите название меню, а затем нажмите кнопку MENU/OK.

èÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛.

Для возврата к предыдущему меню :

Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DISPLAY.

Для мгновенного выхода из меню :

Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TV/VIDEO.

3 С помощью кнопок

/

выберите функцию.

• ÅÓÎÂÂ ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛ ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆË˛ Ó ÙÛÌÍˆËflı ‚

ÏÂÌ˛ ÏÓÊÌÓ Ì‡ÈÚË Ì‡ ÔÓÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı

ÒÚ‡ÌËˆ‡ı.

18

LCT0959-001B-H_R/01-21

Black

18 7/3/1, 8:12 PM

4 Для выбора настройки этой функции используйте кнопки

/

.

• ÑÎfl ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl ÙÛÌÍˆËË,

ÔÂ‰ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌÌÓÈ ÚÓÎ¸ÍÓ Ì‡Á‚‡ÌËÂÏ,

ÔÓ˜ÚËÚÂ ÓÔËÒ‡ÌËÂ ˝ÚÓÈ ÙÛÌÍˆËË Ì‡

ÔÓÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı ÒÚ‡ÌËˆ‡ı.

• ç‡ ‰ËÒÔÎÂÂ ÒÌËÁÛ ÓÚ ÏÂÌ˛ ÔÓÍ‡Á‡Ì‡

ÍÌÓÔÍ‡ ÔÛÎ¸Ú‡ ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó

ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl, ÍÓÚÓÓÈ ÏÓÊÌÓ

ÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ‰Îfl ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl

‚˚·‡ÌÌÓÈ ÙÛÌÍˆËÂÈ.

5 Нажмите кнопку MENU/OK для завершения настройки.

åÂÌ˛ ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ.

• èË ÔÓÒÏÓÚÂ ÔÂÂ‰‡˜ ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏÂ NTSC

ÏÂÌ˛ ËÏÂ˛Ú ‡ÁÏÂ ÔÓ ‚ÂÚËÍ‡ÎË ‚‰‚ÓÂ

ÏÂÌ¸¯ËÈ ÌÓÏ‡Î¸ÌÓ„Ó ‡ÁÏÂ‡ ÏÂÌ˛.

Использование кнопок телевизора

ÑÎfl ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÏÂÌ˛ ÏÓÊÌÓ ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸

ÍÌÓÔÍË, ÔÂ‰ÛÒÏÓÚÂÌÌ˚Â Ì‡ ÔÂÂ‰ÌÂÈ

Ô‡ÌÂÎË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡.

кнопки

OK кнопки

/ кнопки

/ кнопки

TV/VIDEO

ä‡Í ÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ÏÂÌ˛ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡

MENU

OK


EXIT

• ç‡ ÔÂÂ‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ ÌÂÚ

ÍÌÓÔÍË, ËÏÂ˛˘ÂÈ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ ÍÌÓÔÍË

DISPLAY ËÎË ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÈ ÍÌÓÔÍË.

LCT0959-001B-H_R/01-21

Black

19 7/3/1, 8:13 PM

19

20


åÂÌ˛ èÄêÄåÖíêõ

àáéÅêÄÜÖçàü

ЯРКО

üÍÓÒÚ¸ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÓÊÌÓ Â„ÛÎËÓ‚‡Ú¸.

: ÚÂÏÌÂÂ

: Ò‚ÂÚÎÂÂ

ЧЕТКО

óÂÚÍÓÒÚ¸ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÓÊÌÓ

Â„ÛÎËÓ‚‡Ú¸.

: ÏÂÌ¸¯Â

: ·ÓÎ¸¯Â

• îÛÌÍˆËfl óÖíäé ÌÂ ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ÔË ÔËÂÏÂ

Progressive ‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡ÎÓ‚ (ÒË„Ì‡ÎÓ‚ 525P).

èêÖÑìëíÄçéÇäà

ÑÎfl ‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍÓ„Ó Â„ÛÎËÓ‚‡ÌËfl

Ô‡‡ÏÂÚÓ‚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÓÊÌÓ ‚˚·‡Ú¸

Ó‰ÌÛ ËÁ ÚÂı èêÖÑìëíÄçéÇäà.

ЯРКИЙ :

ì‚ÂÎË˜Ë‚‡ÂÚ ÍÓÌÚ‡ÒÚÌÓÒÚ¸ Ë flÍÓÒÚ¸.

СТАНДАРТ :

ÑÂÎ‡ÂÚ Ô‡‡ÏÂÚ˚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl

“ÒÚ‡Ì‰‡ÚÌ˚ÏË”.

МЯГКИЙ :

ëÏfl„˜‡ÂÚ ÍÓÌÚ‡ÒÚÌÓÒÚ¸ Ë ˜ÂÚÍÓÒÚ¸.

• ìÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËÂ ÙÛÌÍˆËÂÈ èêÖÑìëíÄçéÇäà

ÏÓÊÌÓ Ú‡ÍÊÂ ÓÒÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚ÎflÚ¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛

ÍÌÓÔÍË PICTURE MODE Ì‡ ÔÛÎ¸ÚÂ

‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.


‡Á‰ÂÎÂ “äÌÓÔÍ‡ PICTURE MODE” Ì‡ ÒÚ.

10.

êÂ„ÛÎËÓ‚‡ÌËÂ

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl

è‡‡ÏÂÚ˚ Í‡Ê‰ÓÈ ÔÂ‰ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ÏÓÊÌÓ

ÔÓËÁ‚ÓÎ¸ÌÓ ËÁÏÂÌflÚ¸. ÇÌÂÒÂÌÌ˚Â

ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl ÒÓı‡ÌflÚÒfl Ë ÒÚ‡ÌÛÚ

Ô‡‡ÏÂÚ‡ÏË ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ÔÂ‰ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË.

КОНТРАСТ

äÓÌÚ‡ÒÚÌÓÒÚ¸ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÓÊÌÓ


: ÏÂÌ¸¯Â

: ·ÓÎ¸¯Â

ЦВЕТ

ñ‚ÂÚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÓÊÌÓ Â„ÛÎËÓ‚‡Ú¸.

: ·ÎÂ‰ÌÂÂ

: ÒÓ˜ÌÂÂ

ЦВ. ТОН

ñ‚ÂÚÓ‚ÓÈ ÚÓÌ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÓÊÌÓ


: Í‡ÒÌÓ‚‡Ú˚È

: ÁÂÎÂÌÓ‚‡Ú˚È

• àÁÏÂÌÂÌËÂ Ô‡‡ÏÂÚ‡ ñÇ. íéç

‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ ÚÓÎ¸ÍÓ ÔË ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËË

ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË NTSC 3.58 ËÎË NTSC

4.43.

• îÛÌÍˆËfl ñÇ. íéç ÌÂ ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ÔË

ÔËÂÏÂ Progressive ‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡ÎÓ‚

(ÒË„Ì‡ÎÓ‚ 525P).

Для возврата к исходным параметрам

ПРЕДУСТАНОВКИ:

ç‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÒËÌ˛˛ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ. Ç ÂÁÛÎ¸Ú‡ÚÂ

Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍË ‚ ‚˚·‡ÌÌÓÈ ‚ ‰‡ÌÌ˚È ÏÓÏÂÌÚ

èêÖÑìëíÄçéÇäà ‚ÂÌÛÚÒfl Í ËÒıÓ‰Ì˚Ï

ÁÌ‡˜ÂÌËflÏ, ÍÓÚÓ˚Â ·Û‰ÛÚ ÒÓı‡ÌÂÌ˚ Í‡Í

Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍË ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ èêÖÑìëíÄçéÇäà.

ÅÄãÄçë ÅÖãéÉé

ÑÎfl Â„ÛÎËÓ‚ÍË ·‡Î‡ÌÒ‡ ·ÂÎÓ„Ó ÏÓÊÌÓ

‚˚·Ë‡Ú¸ Ó‰ËÌ ËÁ ÚÂı ÂÊËÏÓ‚ ÅÄãÄçë

ÅÖãéÉé (Ó‰ËÌ ËÁ ÚÂı ÚÓÌÓ‚ ·ÂÎÓ„Ó). èÓÒÍÓÎ¸ÍÛ

·ÂÎ˚È ˆ‚ÂÚ ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÂÚÒfl Í‡Í ·‡ÁÓ‚˚È ‰Îfl ‚ÒÂı

ÓÒÚ‡Î¸Ì˚ı ˆ‚ÂÚÓ‚, ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËÂ ÂÊËÏ‡ ÅÄãÄçë

ÅÖãéÉé ÔË‚Ó‰ËÚ Í ËÁÏÂÌÂÌË˛ ÔÂ‰ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl

Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ‚ÒÂı ÓÒÚ‡Î¸Ì˚ı ˆ‚ÂÚÓ‚.

LCT0959-001B-H_R/01-21

Black

20 7/3/1, 8:13 PM

ХОЛОД :

ÅÂÎ˚È Ò „ÓÎÛ·ËÁÌÓÈ. àÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂ ˝ÚÓ„Ó

ÂÊËÏ‡ ÔË ÔÓÒÏÓÚÂ flÍËı

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ ‰‡ÂÚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl

·ÓÎÂÂ ÊË‚˚ı Ë flÍËı ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ.

СРЕДНИЙ :

çÓÏ‡Î¸Ì˚È ·ÂÎ˚È ˆ‚ÂÚ.

ТЕПЛЫЙ :

ÅÂÎ˚È Ò Í‡ÒÌÓ‚‡Ú˚Ï ÓÚÚÂÌÍÓÏ.

àÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂ ˝ÚÓ„Ó ÂÊËÏ‡ ÔË

ÔÓÒÏÓÚÂ ÙËÎ¸ÏÓ‚ ‰‡ÂÚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸

ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl ·ÓÎÂÂ ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰fl˘Ëı ‰Îfl ÙËÎ¸ÏÓ‚

ˆ‚ÂÚÓ‚.

• îÛÌÍˆËfl ÅÄãÄçë ÅÖãéÉé ÌÂ ÏÓÊÂÚ

·˚Ú¸ ‚˚·‡Ì‡ ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ “‰‚ÓÈÌÓÂ

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ” ËÎË ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ 16:9

ÙÛÌÍˆËË ZOOM (ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl Ï‡Ò¯Ú‡·‡

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl).

ñàîêéÇéâ

ùäéëÖçëéê

èË ‚˚·ÓÂ ñàîêéÇéÉâ ùäéëÖçëéê

ÍÓÌÚ‡ÒÚÌÓÒÚ¸ ‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍË Â„ÛÎËÛÂÚÒfl

‚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË Ò flÍÓÒÚ¸˛ ÓÒ‚Â˘ÂÌËfl ‚

ÍÓÏÌ‡ÚÂ. ùÚÓ ÒÌËÊ‡ÂÚ Ì‡ÔflÊÂÌËÂ „Î‡Á Ë

ÔÓÚÂ·ÎflÂÏÛ˛ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓÓÏ

˝ÎÂÍÚÓ˝ÌÂ„Ë˛.

ВКЛ :

Ñ‡ÌÌ‡fl ÙÛÌÍˆËfl ‚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÂÚÒfl.

ВЫКЛ :

Ñ‡ÌÌ‡fl ÙÛÌÍˆËfl ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÂÚÒfl.

ДИСПЛЕЙ :

ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËfl ‚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÂÚÒfl. èË Í‡Ê‰ÓÏ

ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËË flÍÓÒÚË ‚ ÍÓÏÌ‡ÚÂ Ì‡ ÌÂÒÍÓÎ¸ÍÓ

ÒÂÍÛÌ‰ ÔÓfl‚Îfl˛ÚÒfl ÁÌ‡˜ÍË ,

Ó·ÓÁÌ‡˜‡˛˘ËÂ flÍÓÒÚ¸. óÂÏ ÚÂÏÌÂÂ ‚

ÍÓÏÌ‡ÚÂ, ÚÂÏ ·ÓÎ¸¯Â ˜ËÒÎÓ ÁÌ‡˜ÍÓ‚.


åÂÌ˛ ëÇéâëíÇÄ

àáéÅêÄÜÖçàü

ñàîêéÇÄü ëèÇò

îÛÌÍˆËfl ñàîêéÇÄü ëèÇò ÒÌËÊ‡ÂÚ

ÔÓÏÂıË, ËÒÍ‡Ê‡˛˘ËÂ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ.

• îÛÌÍˆËfl ñàîêéÇÄü ëèÇò ÌÂ ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ

ÔË ÔËÂÏÂ Progressive ‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡ÎÓ‚

(ÒË„Ì‡ÎÓ‚ 525P).

АВТО :

íÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍË Â„ÛÎËÛÂÚ

ÛÓ‚ÂÌ¸ ñàîêéÇAü ëèÇò ‚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË

ÒÓ ÒÚÂÔÂÌ¸˛ ÔÓÏÂı Ë Ó·ÂÒÔÂ˜ËÚ Ì‡ËÎÛ˜¯ÂÂ

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ.

• ÖÒÎË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ÒÎË¯ÍÓÏ ‚˚ÒÓÍËÈ

ÛÓ‚ÂÌ¸ ñàîêéÇAü ëèÇò,

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÚ‡Ú¸ ÌÂ˜ÂÚÍËÏ.

êÂÍÓÏÂÌ‰ÛÂÚÒfl ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÂÊËÏ

ÄÇíé.

МАКС :

ìÓ‚ÂÌ¸ ñàîêéÇAü ëèÇò ÛÒÚ‡Ì‡‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚÒfl

Ì‡ Ï‡ÍÒËÏÛÏ. ÖÒÎË Ë ÔÓÒÎÂ ‚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËfl

ÂÊËÏ‡ ÄÇíé ËÏÂ˛ÚÒfl ÔÓÏÂıË,

ÔÂÂÍÎ˛˜ËÚÂÒ¸ Ò ÄÇíé Ì‡ åÄäë.

• ç‡ÒÚÓÈÍ‡ åÄäë ÌÂ ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰ËÚ ‰Îfl

‚˚ÒÓÍÓÍ‡˜ÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚ı ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ Ò

ÒËÎ¸Ì˚ÏË ÔÓÏÂı‡ÏË.

МИН :

ìÓ‚ÂÌ¸ ñàîêéÇAü ëèÇò ÛÒÚ‡Ì‡‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚÒfl

Ì‡ ÏËÌËÏÛÏ. ÖÒÎË ÔÓÒÎÂ ‚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËfl ÂÊËÏ‡

ÄÇíé ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ ÒÚ‡ÎÓ ÌÂ‰ÓÒÚ‡ÚÓ˜ÌÓ

˜ÂÚÍËÏ, ÔÂÂÍÎ˛˜ËÚÂÒ¸ Ò ÄÇíé Ì‡ åàç.

• ç‡ÒÚÓÈÍ‡ åàç ÌÂ ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰ËÚ ‰Îfl

ÌËÁÍÓÍ‡˜ÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚ı ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ Ò


21

LCT0959-001B-H_R/01-21

Black

21 7/3/1, 8:13 PM


DigiPure

îÛÌÍˆËfl Digipure ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÂÚ ÌÓ‚ÂÈ¯Û˛

ˆËÙÓ‚Û˛ ÚÂıÌÓÎÓ„Ë˛ ‰Îfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl

ÂÒÚÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ„Ó ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl. îÛÌÍˆËfl

Digipure ‚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÂÚ ‰‚Â ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÂ ÙÛÌÍˆËË.

Функция Digipure :

ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËfl ÒÔÓÒÓ·ÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ ÒÓÁ‰‡ÌË˛

ÂÒÚÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ„Ó ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ÔÛÚÂÏ

Û‰‡ÎÂÌËfl ÎË¯ÌËı Í‡Â‚˚ı ÁÓÌ

‚˚ÒÓÍÓÍÓÌÚ‡ÒÚÌ˚ı Ë ˜ÂÚÍËı ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ.

Ç ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ÌËÁÍÓÍÓÌÚ‡ÒÚÌ˚ı ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ

Í‡Â‚˚Â ÁÓÌ˚ ‰Ó·‡‚Îfl˛ÚÒfl ‰Îfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl

·ÓÎÂÂ ˜ÂÚÍÓ„Ó ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl.

îÛÌÍˆË˛ DigiPure ÏÓÊÌÓ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ‚

ÂÊËÏ ÄÇíé, åÄäë Ë åàç.

Функция компенсации движения изображения :

ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËfl Ó·ÂÒÔÂ˜Ë‚‡ÂÚ ·ÓÎÂÂ ÔÎ‡‚ÌÛ˛ Ë

ÂÒÚÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÛ˛ ÔÂÂ‰‡˜Û Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ·˚ÒÚÓ

‰‚ËÊÛ˘ËıÒfl ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ, Ú‡ÍËı Í‡Í

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ ÙÛÚ·ÓÎËÒÚÓ‚ Ë Ïfl˜‡.

• îÛÌÍˆËfl Digipure ÌÂ ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ÔË


(ÒË„Ì‡ÎÓ‚ 525P).

АВТО :

íÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍË ÓÚÂ„ÛÎËÛÂÚ

ÛÓ‚ÂÌ¸ DigiPure ‚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË Ò ÛÓ‚ÌÂÏ

ËÒÍ‡ÊÂÌËÈ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl Ë Ó·ÂÒÔÂ˜ËÚ

Ì‡ËÎÛ˜¯ÂÂ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ.

• èË ÒÎË¯ÍÓÏ ‚˚ÒÓÍÓÏ ÛÓ‚ÌÂ DigiPure Ë

ÌËÁÍÓÍ‡˜ÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓÏ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËË Ò

ÒËÎ¸Ì˚ÏË ÔÓÏÂı‡ÏË ËÒÍ‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÓ„ÛÚ

Â˘Â ·ÓÎ¸¯Â ÛÒËÎËÚ¸Òfl. êÂÍÓÏÂÌ‰ÛÂÚÒfl

ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÂÊËÏ ÄÇíé.

МАКС :

ìÓ‚ÂÌ¸ DigiPure ÛÒÚ‡Ì‡‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚÒfl Ì‡

Ï‡ÍÒËÏÛÏ. ÖÒÎË ÔÓÒÎÂ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË DigiPure Ì‡

ÄÇíé ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ ÔÂÂ‰‡ÂÚÒfl ÌÂ ÒÓ‚ÒÂÏ

ÔÓÎÌÓ, ÔÂÂÍÎ˛˜ËÚÂÒ¸ Ò ÄÇíé Ì‡ åÄäë.

• êÂÊËÏ åÄäë ÌÂ ÔË„Ó‰ÂÌ ‚ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â

ÌËÁÍÓÍ‡˜ÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ„Ó ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl Ò


МИН :

ìÓ‚ÂÌ¸ DigiPure ÛÒÚ‡Ì‡‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚÒfl Ì‡

ÏËÌËÏÛÏ. ÖÒÎË ÔÓÒÎÂ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË DigiPure Ì‡

ÄÇíé ËÏÂ˛ÚÒfl ÔÓÏÂıË ÔÂÂÈ‰ËÚÂ Ì‡ åàç.

• êÂÊËÏ åàç ÌÂ ÔË„Ó‰ÂÌ ‰Îfl

‚˚ÒÓÍÓÍ‡˜ÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚ı ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ ÒÓ

ÒÎ‡·˚ÏË ÔÓÏÂı‡ÏË.

ВЫКЛ :

îÛÌÍˆËfl DigiPure ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÂÚÒfl.

PULL DOWN

ÇÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËÂÏ ÙÛÌÍˆËË PULL DOWN

‰ÓÒÚË„‡ÂÚÒfl ·ÓÎÂÂ ˜ÂÚÍÓÂ Ë ÂÒÚÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓÂ

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ ÔË ÔÓÒÏÓÚÂ

¯ËÓÍÓÙÓÏ‡ÚÌ˚ı ÍËÌÓÙËÎ¸ÏÓ‚.

АВТО:

îÛÌÍˆËfl ‚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌ‡. Ç Ó·˚˜ÌÓÏ ÂÊËÏÂ

‡·ÓÚ˚ ˝Ú‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËfl ‰ÓÎÊÌ‡ ·˚Ú¸

ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌÌÓÈ Ì‡ ÄÇíé.

ВЫКЛ:

îÛÌÍˆËfl ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌ‡.

• Ñ‚ËÊÂÌËÂ Ó·˙ÂÍÚÓ‚ ÏÓÊÂÚ Í‡Á‡Ú¸Òfl

ÌÂÂÒÚÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚Ï ÔË ÔÓÒÏÓÚÂ

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏÂ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË

NTSC. óÚÓ·˚ Ó·ÂÒÔÂ˜ËÚ¸ ·ÓÎÂÂ ÔÎ‡‚ÌÓÂ

‰‚ËÊÂÌËÂ, ÔÂÂÍÎ˛˜ËÚÂ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ PULL

DOWN Ò ÄÇíé Ì‡ Çõäã.

• ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËfl ÌÂ ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ ‚˚·‡Ì‡ ‚

ÂÊËÏÂ “‰‚ÓÈÌÓ„Ó ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl” Ë ‚

ÂÊËÏÂ “ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ ‚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËË”.

22

LCT0959-001B-H_R/22-44

Black

22 7/3/1, 8:31 PM

ëàëíÖåÄ ñÇÖíçéëíà

ëËÒÚÂÏ‡ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË ‚˚·Ë‡ÂÚÒfl

‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍË. é‰Ì‡ÍÓ ÂÒÎË ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ

ÌÂflÒÌÓÂ ËÎË ÌÂˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÂ, ‚˚·ÂËÚÂ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ


1 Выберите СИСТЕМА

ЦВЕТНОСТИ и нажмите кнопку MENU/OK.


/

выберите нужную систему цветности. Затем нажмите кнопку MENU/OK.

• Ç ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl ëàëíÖåA

ñÇÖíçéëíà ÇíéêéëíÖèÖççéÉé

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ÒÏ. ‡Á‰ÂÎ “àÁÏÂÌÂÌËÂ

ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË ÇíéêéëíÖèÖççéÉé


• îÛÌÍˆËÂÈ ëàëíÖåÄ ñÇÖíçéëíà

ÏÓÊÌÓ Ú‡ÍÊÂ ÛÔ‡‚ÎflÚ¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛

ÍÌÓÔÍË COLOUR SYSTEM ÔÛÎ¸Ú‡

‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl. ÅÓÎÂÂ


“äÌÓÔÍ‡ COLOUR SYSTEM” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 11.

ZOOM

àÏÂÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl ÙÓÏ‡Ú‡

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ÔÛÚÂÏ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl

ÍÓ˝ÙÙËˆËÂÌÚ‡ ÔÓÔÓˆËÓÌ‡Î¸ÌÓÒÚË.

Ç˚·ÂËÚÂ ÓÔÚËÏ‡Î¸Ì˚È ÙÓÏ‡Ú Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛

Ó‰ÌÓ„Ó ËÁ ÚÂı ÂÊËÏÓ‚ ZOOM.

1 Выберите ZOOM и нажмите кнопку MENU/OK.



/

для выбора режима ZOOM. Затем нажмите кнопку MENU/OK.

àÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ ‡Ò¯ËËÚÒfl, ‡ Ì‡Á‚‡ÌËÂ

‚˚·‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÂÊËÏ‡ ZOOM ÓÒÚ‡ÂÚÒfl Ì‡

˝Í‡ÌÂ ‚ ÚÂ˜ÂÌËÂ ÓÍÓÎÓ 5 ÒÂÍÛÌ‰.

• àÏÂ˛ÚÒfl ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÂ ÂÊËÏ˚ :

çéêåÄãúçéÖ, ZOOM Ë 16:9. ÅÓÎÂÂ


“äÌÓÔÍ‡ ZOOM” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 9.

• îÛÌÍˆËfl ZOOM ÌÂ ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ÔË


(ÒË„Ì‡ÎÓ‚ 525P).

PICTURE TILT

àÁ-Á‡ ‚ÎËflÌËfl Ï‡„ÌËÚÌÓ„Ó ÔÓÎfl ÁÂÏÎË

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÂÂÍÓÒËÚ¸Òfl. Ç ˝ÚÓÏ

ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ÏÓÊÌÓ ÓÚÍÓÂÍÚËÓ‚‡Ú¸

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ˝ÚÓÈ ÙÛÌÍˆËË.

1 Выберите PICTURE TILT и нажмите кнопку MENU/OK.


/

до тех пор, пока перекос не устранится. Затем нажмите кнопку MENU/OK.

23

LCT0959-001B-H_R/22-44

Black

23 7/3/1, 8:31 PM

24


åÂÌ˛

èêÖÑìëíÄçéÇäà áÇìäÄ

ëíÖêÖé / I•II

èË ÔÓÒÏÓÚÂ ‰‚ÛflÁ˚˜Ì˚ı ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ

ÏÓÊÌÓ ‚˚·Ë‡Ú¸ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÂ ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËÂ

üÁ˚Í I (Sub I) ËÎË üÁ˚Í II (Sub II). èË ÔÎÓıÓÏ

ÔËÂÏÂ ÒÚÂÂÓÚ‡ÌÒÎflˆËË ÏÓÊÌÓ

ÔÂÂÍÎ˛˜ËÚ¸Òfl ÒÓ ÒÚÂÂÓ Ì‡ ÏÓÌÓ ‰Îfl

ÛÎÛ˜¯ÂÌËfl ˜ÂÚÍÓÒÚË Á‚ÛÍ‡.

: ëÚÂÂÓÙÓÌËfl

: åÓÌÓÙÓÌËfl

: üÁ˚Í I (sub I)

: üÁ˚Í II (sub II)

МОНО : éÚÏÂÌflÂÚ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ Multi Sound, Á‚ÛÍ

ÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÒfl ÏÓÌÓÙÓÌË˜ÂÒÍËÏ.

• ÇÓÁÏÓÊÌ˚Â ÂÊËÏ˚ Á‚Û˜‡ÌËfl Á‡‚ËÒflÚ

ÓÚ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁËÓÌÌÓÈ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚.

• ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËfl ÌÂ ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ‡ı

ÇàÑÖé.

êÂ„ÛÎËÓ‚Í‡ Á‚ÛÍ‡

àÏÂÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ÔÓËÁ‚ÓÎ¸ÌÓ„Ó

Â„ÛÎËÓ‚‡ÌËfl Á‚ÛÍ‡.

БАС

åÓÊÌÓ Â„ÛÎËÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÌËÊÌËÂ ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ˚ Á‚ÛÍ‡.

: ÒÎ‡·ÂÂ

: ÒËÎ¸ÌÂÂ

ТЕМБР

åÓÊÌÓ Â„ÛÎËÓ‚‡Ú¸ ‚ÂıÌËÂ ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ˚

Á‚ÛÍ‡.

: ÒÎ‡·ÂÂ

: ÒËÎ¸ÌÂÂ

БАЛАНС

åÓÊÌÓ Â„ÛÎËÓ‚‡Ú¸ ·‡Î‡ÌÒ ÏÂÊ‰Û ÎÂ‚˚Ï

Ë Ô‡‚˚Ï „ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎflÏË.

: Û‚ÂÎË˜ÂÌËÂ „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË ÎÂ‚Ó„Ó

„ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎfl.

: Û‚ÂÎË˜ÂÌËÂ „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË Ô‡‚Ó„Ó

„ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎfl.

AI ìêéÇÖçú

ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËfl ‰‡ÂÚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸

ÔÂ‰ÓÚ‚‡˘ÂÌËfl ÂÁÍÓ„Ó Û‚ÂÎË˜ÂÌËfl ËÎË

ÛÏÂÌ¸¯ÂÌËfl ÛÓ‚Ìfl „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË ÔË

ÔÂÂÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËË ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡ÎÓ‚ Ë ÔÂÂÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËË

Ò Ó‰ÌÓ„Ó ÂÊËÏ‡ ÇàÑÖé Ì‡ ‰Û„ÓÈ.

ВКЛ :

îÛÌÍˆËfl ‚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌ‡.

ВЫКЛ :

îÛÌÍˆËfl ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌ‡.

• îÛÌÍˆËfl AI ìêéÇÖçú ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡‰‡‚‡Ú¸Òfl

ÓÚ‰ÂÎ¸ÌÓ ‰Îfl ÂÊËÏ‡ íÇ Ë ÂÊËÏ‡

ÇàÑÖé.

ç‡ÔËÏÂ, ÏÓÊÌÓ Á‡‰‡Ú¸ ÂÂ Çõäã ‚

ÂÊËÏÂ íÇ Ë Çäã ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ ÇàÑÖé.

ÖÒÎË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ AI ìêéÇÖçú

ÔË ÔÓÒÏÓÚÂ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ ˜ÂÂÁ

Ô‡ÌÂÎ¸ ÇàÑÖé, ˝Ú‡ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Í‡

Á‡Â„ËÒÚËÛÂÚÒfl Í‡Í Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍ‡

ÂÊËÏ‡ ÇàÑÖé.

• îÛÌÍˆËfl AI ìêéÇÖçú ÏÓÊÂÚ ÌÂ ‰‡‚‡Ú¸

ÌÛÊÌ˚ı ÂÁÛÎ¸Ú‡ÚÓ‚ ÔË Ó˜ÂÌ¸ ÌËÁÍÓÏ

ÛÓ‚ÌÂ „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó

ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËfl, ÔÂÂ‰‡‚‡ÂÏÓ„Ó

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁËÓÌÌÓÈ ÒÚ‡ÌˆËÂÈ (ËÎË

Á‡‰‡‚‡ÂÏÓ„Ó ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌ˚Ï

Ó·ÂÒÔÂ˜ÂÌËÂÏ ‚Ë‰ÂÓÒËÒÚÂÏ˚).

BBE

îÛÌÍˆË˛ ÇÇÖ ÏÓÊÌÓ ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ‰Îfl

ÔÓÒÚÓ„Ó ÔË‰‡ÌËfl Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÏÛ

ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌË˛ ı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚËÍ ËÒıÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó,

ÌÂÒÍÓÂÍÚËÓ‚‡ÌÌÓ„Ó Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó

ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËfl.

LCT0959-001B-H_R/22-44

Black

24 7/3/1, 8:31 PM

ВКЛ :


ВЫКЛ :


Система BBE используется по лицензии компании ВВE Sound,

Inc. ВВЕ является зарегистрированной торговой маркой компании BBE Sound, inc.

SPATIALIZER

ë ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÙÛÌÍˆËË SPATIALIZER ÏÓÊÌÓ

ÔÓÎÛ˜‡Ú¸ “ÊË‚ÓÈ” ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ ÔË

ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Surround sound

(ÓÍÛÊ‡˛˘ËÈ Á‚ÛÍ).

åÓÊÌÓ ‚˚·Ë‡Ú¸ Ó‰ËÌ ËÁ ‰‚Ûı ÂÊËÏÓ‚

SPATIALIZER.

• åÓÊÌÓ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ Ó‰ËÌ ËÁ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı

ÂÊËÏÓ‚ SPATIALIZER: LIVE, MOçO ËÎË

Çõäã.


‡Á‰ÂÎÂ “äÌÓÔÍ‡ SPATIALIZER” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 9.

Система SPATIALIZER изготовлена по лицензии компании Desper Products,Inc.

ëìèÖê ÅÄë

ÑÎfl ‚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËfl ÏÓ˘Ì˚ı ·‡ÒÓ‚ ÏÓÊÌÓ

ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ ëÛÔÂ Å‡Ò.

ВКЛ :


ВЫКЛ :


çÄ ìôç àäà

ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËfl ‰‡ÂÚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸

ÔÓÒÎÛ¯Ë‚‡ÌËfl Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËfl

˜ÂÂÁ „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚Â ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌ˚.


1 Выберите НА УЩН ИКИ и нажмите кнопку MENU/OK.

2 С помощью кнопки

/

сделайте выбор, а с помощью кнопки

/

установите функцию НА УЩН ИКИ.

Нажмите кнопку OK, а затем нажмите кнопку MENU/OK.

ГРОМКОСТЬ :

àÏÂÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ Â„ÛÎËÓ‚‡ÌËfl

„ÓÏÍÓÒÚË „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚.

TV ГРОМКОГОВОР :

äÓ„‰‡ ˝Ú‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËfl ‚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌ‡, „ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎË

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ ÌÂ ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜‡˛ÚÒfl ‰‡ÊÂ ÔË

ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËË „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚. ÖÒÎË ˝Ú‡

ÙÛÌÍˆËfl ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌ‡, „ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎË

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ ÔË ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËË „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı

ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚ ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜‡˛ÚÒfl.

ÖÒÎË ˝Ú‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËfl ‚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌ‡ „ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎË

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ ÌÂ ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜‡˛ÚÒfl ‰‡ÊÂ ÔË

ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËË „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚.

ÖÒÎË ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜ËÚ¸ ˝ÚÛ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛,

„ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÚÒfl

ÔË ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËË „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚.

ВЫХОД :

èË ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËË „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚

ÏÓÊÌÓ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ Á‚ÛÍ‡ Í‡Í

éëçéÇçéÖ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ (ÉãABH) ËÎË

ÑéèéãçàíÖãúçéÖ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ

(BTOPOCTEè).

• á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÂ ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËÂ

ÑéèéãçàíÖãúçéÉé ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl

ÌÂÎ¸Áfl ÔÓÒÎÛ¯Ë‚‡Ú¸ ˜ÂÂÁ

„ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡.

• èË ‚˚‚Ó‰Â Ì‡ ˝Í‡Ì Ù‡„ÏÂÌÚ‡

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ ÚÓÎ¸ÍÓ

ÏÓÌÓÙÓÌË˜ÂÒÍÓÂ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Â‰ÂÌËÂ,

ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂ ÙÛÌÍˆËË ëíÖêÖé/ I•II

·Û‰ÂÚ ÌÂ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌ˚Ï.

25

LCT0959-001B-H_R/22-44

Black

25 7/3/1, 8:31 PM


åÂÌ˛ ëÇéâëíÇÄ

íÄâåÖê

ÇõäãûóÖçàü

åÓÊÌÓ Á‡‰‡Ú¸ ‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍÓÂ ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËÂ

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ ‚ ÓÔÂ‰ÂÎÂÌÌÓÂ ‚ÂÏfl.

1 Выберите ТАЙМЕР

ВЫКЛЮЧЕНИЯ и нажмите кнопку MENU/OK.


/

установите период времени.

í‡ÈÏÂ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ Ì‡˜ÌÂÚ ÓÚÒ˜ÂÚ

Á‡‰‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÔÂËÓ‰‡ ‚ÂÏÂÌË.

• åÓÊÌÓ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ÔÂËÓ‰ ‚ÂÏÂÌË

‰ÎËÚÂÎ¸ÌÓÒÚ¸˛ ‰Ó 120 ÏËÌÛÚ (2 ˜‡Ò‡)

ÔË‡˘ÂÌËflÏË ÔÓ 10 ÏËÌÛÚ.

Для отмены этой функции:

Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ‰Îfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË “Çõäã”.

3 Нажмите кнопку MENU/OK для завершения установки.


• á‡ Ó‰ÌÛ ÏËÌÛÚÛ ‰Ó ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËfl

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl Ì‡‰ÔËÒ¸

“ëèéäéâçéâ çéóà!”.

• ë ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ˝ÚÓÈ ÙÛÌÍˆËË ÌÂÎ¸Áfl

ÓÚÍÎ˛˜ËÚ¸ ÒÂÚÂ‚ÓÂ ÔËÚ‡ÌËÂ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡.

• äÓ„‰‡ ˝Ú‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËfl ‚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌ‡, ÏÓÊÌÓ

‚˚Á‚‡Ú¸ ÏÂÌ˛ íÄâåÖê ÇõäãûóÖçàü

‰Îfl ÔÓ‰Ú‚ÂÊ‰ÂÌËfl ËÎË ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl

ÓÒÚ‡‚¯Â„ÓÒfl ÔÂËÓ‰‡ ‚ÂÏÂÌË.

ëàçàâ îéç

àÏÂÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍÓ„Ó

ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl ˝Í‡Ì‡ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ Ì‡ ÒËÌËÈ Ë

‚˚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËfl Á‚ÛÍ‡ ‚ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ÒÎ‡·Ó„Ó ËÎË

ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ ÓÚÒÛÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘Â„Ó ÒË„Ì‡Î‡, ËÎË ÊÂ

‚ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â, ÂÒÎË ÌÂ ÔÓÒÚÛÔ‡ÂÚ ÒË„Ì‡Î Ò

‚ÌÂ¯ÌÂ„Ó ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡.

ВКЛ :


ВЫКЛ :


áÄåéä éí ÑÖíÖâ

àÏÂÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ·ÎÓÍËÓ‚‡ÌËfl

ÔÂÂ‰ÌËı ÍÌÓÔÓÍ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡. äÓ„‰‡ ˝Ú‡

ÙÛÌÍˆËfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ‡ Ì‡ Çäã, ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓÓÏ

ÏÓÊÌÓ ÛÔ‡‚ÎflÚ¸ ÚÓÎ¸ÍÓ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÔÛÎ¸Ú‡


àÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÈÚÂ ˝ÚÛ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ ‰Îfl

ÔÂ‰ÓÚ‚‡˘ÂÌËfl ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓÓÏ

‰ÂÚ¸ÏË (·ÂÁ ‡ÁÂ¯ÂÌËfl Ó‰ËÚÂÎÂÈ).

ВКЛ :


ВЫКЛ :


àÑ çéåÖê

ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ÌÂ ıÓÚËÚÂ, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‰ÂÚË ÒÏÓÚÂÎË

ÓÔÂ‰ÂÎÂÌÌ˚È ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î, Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚÂ

˝ÚÓÚ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î.

ÖÒÎË Â·ÂÌÓÍ ‚˚·ÂÂÚ ÌÓÏÂ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚,

Ì‡ ÍÓÚÓÓÏ Ì‡ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl Á‡ÔÂÚ˚È ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î,

˝Í‡Ì ÒÚ‡ÌÂÚ ÒËÌËÏ, Ú‡Í ˜ÚÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ

ÌÂÎ¸Áfl ·Û‰ÂÚ ‚Ë‰ÂÚ¸.

26

LCT0959-001B-H_R/22-44

Black

26 7/3/1, 8:31 PM

Как включить эту функцию

1 Выберите ИД НОМЕР затем нажмите кнопку 0 (AV).


Для просмотра заблокированного телеканала

1 Выберите номер программы с заблокированным телеканалом с помощью кнопок с цифрами или списка

ПРОГ. ЛИСТ.

ùÍ‡Ì ÒÚ‡ÌÂÚ ÒËÌËÏ Ë ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl (àÑ

çéåÖê).

2 Установите ИД номер.

Для выбора номера:

Ì‡ÊËÏ‡ÈÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍË / .

Для перемещения курсора:

Ì‡ÊËÏ‡ÈÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍË / .

3 Нажмите кнопку MENU/OK.

• á‡·ÎÓÍËÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚È ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î ÌÂÎ¸Áfl

‚˚·‡Ú¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ / .

2 Нажмите кнопку DISPLAY для вызова на экран “ИД НОМЕР”.


/

для выбора телеканала.

• ç‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ‡, ÍÓÚÓ‡fl

‚ Ì‡ÒÚÓfl˘ËÈ ÏÓÏÂÌÚ Ú‡ÌÒÎËÛÂÚÒfl ÔÓ

‚˚·‡ÌÌÓÏÛ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡ÎÛ.

5 Нажмите синюю кнопку для включения этой функции для данного телеканала.

èÓfl‚ËÚÒfl (àÑ çéåÖê) Ë ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î

·Û‰ÂÚ Á‡·ÎÓÍËÓ‚‡Ì.

Для отмены этой функции :

ëÌÓ‚‡ Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÒËÌ˛˛ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ.

(àÑ çéåÖê) ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ Ë ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î

·Û‰ÂÚ ‡Á·ÎÓÍËÓ‚‡Ì.



3 Введите ИД номер с помощью кнопок с цифрами.

ÅÎÓÍËÓ‚Í‡ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÓÚÏÂÌÂÌ‡, Ú‡Í ˜ÚÓ

ÏÓÊÌÓ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÒÏÓÚÂÚ¸

Á‡·ÎÓÍËÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚È ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î.

Если Вы забыли ИД номер :

Ç˚ÔÓÎÌËÚÂ ˝Ú‡Ô 1, ˜ÚÓ·˚ “ä‡Í ‚ÍÎ˛˜ËÚ¸

˝ÚÛ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛”. èÓÒÎÂ ÔÓ‰Ú‚ÂÊ‰ÂÌËfl àÑ

ÌÓÏÂ‡ Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TV/VIDEO ‰Îfl

‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÏÂÌ˛.

• ÑÎfl ÓÚÏÂÌ˚ ÙÛÌÍˆËË àÑ çéåÖê

ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ÒÌÓ‚‡ ‚˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ¸ ˝Ú‡Ô “ä‡Í

‚ÍÎ˛˜ËÚ¸ ˝ÚÛ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛”.

27

LCT0959-001B-H_R/22-44

Black

27 7/3/1, 8:31 PM


ÄÇíé ÇõäãûóÖçàÖ

àÏÂÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍÓ„Ó

‚˚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËfl ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ ÔÓ Á‡‚Â¯ÂÌËË

‚Â˘‡ÌËfl, Ú.Â. ÂÒÎË ÓÌ ÌÂ ÔËÌËÏ‡ÂÚ ÒË„Ì‡Î‡

‚ ÚÂ˜ÂÌËÂ ÓÍÓÎÓ 15 ÏËÌÛÚ.

ВКЛ :


ВЫКЛ :


• îÛÌÍˆËfl ÄÇíé ÇõäãûóÖçàÖ ÌÂ

Ó·ÂÒÔÂ˜Ë‚‡ÂÚ ÓÚÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËfl ÒÂÚÂ‚Ó„Ó

ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl.

• îÛÌÍˆËfl ÄÇíé ÇõäãûóÖçàÖ ÌÂ

‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ ÇàÑÖé.

VIDEO-3

ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËfl Ó·ÂÒÔÂ˜Ë‚‡ÂÚ Ô‡‚ËÎ¸ÌÛ˛

Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍÛ VIDEO-3, ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘Û˛

ÔÓÒÚÛÔ‡˛˘ÂÏÛ ÓÚ ‚ÌÂ¯ÌÂ„Ó ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡,

˜ÂÂÁ Ô‡ÌÂÎ¸ VIDEO-3, ‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡ÎÛ. èË

ÌÂÔ‡‚ËÎ¸ÌÓÈ Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍÂ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ÌÂ

·Û‰ÂÚ.

ВИДЕО :

Ç ÒÎÛ˜‡Â, ÂÒÎË ÔÓÒÚÛÔ‡ÂÚ ÌÓÏ‡Î¸Ì˚È

(ÔÓÎÌ˚È) ‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡Î.

КОМПОНЕНТHЫЙ :

Ç ÒÎÛ˜‡Â, ÂÒÎË ÔÓÒÚÛÔ‡ÂÚ ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÌ˚È

‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡Î (Y/C

B

/C

R

).

• èÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛ ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆË˛ ÔÓ

ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËflÏ ÒÏ. ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ

“ÑéèéãçàíÖãúçÄü èéÑÉéíéÇäÄ” Ì‡

ÒÚ. 36.

• Ñ‡ÌÌ˚È ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ÒÓ‚ÏÂÒÚËÏ Ò

Progressive ‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡ÎÓÏ (ÒË„Ì‡ÎÓ‚

525P) ÚÓÎ¸ÍÓ ÔË ÔÓ‰‡˜Â Ì‡ ‚ıÓ‰

ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÌÓ„Ó ‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡Î‡.

28

LCT0959-001B-H_R/22-44

Black

28 7/3/1, 8:31 PM

åÂÌ˛ HÄCTPéâäà


üáõä

åÓÊÌÓ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ flÁ˚Í ÏÂÌ˛ ËÁ ÒÔËÒÍ‡ flÁ˚ÍÓ‚.

1 Выберите ЯЗЫК и нажмите кнопку MENU/OK.

• ÑÎfl ÓÚÏÂÌ˚ ÙÛÌÍˆËË ÄÇíé èêéÉ.


2 После сохранения телеканалов в списке номеров программ появится меню

НАСТРОЙКА.

OK

TV

DISP


/

для выбора языка.



ÄÇíé èêéÉ.

àÏÂÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍÓÈ

Â„ËÒÚ‡ˆËË Û‚ÂÂÌÌÓ ÔËÌËÏ‡ÂÏ˚ı

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡ÎÓ‚ ÔÓ‰ ÌÓÏÂ‡ÏË ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ. ÑÎfl

˝ÚÓ„Ó ‚˚ÔÓÎÌËÚÂ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÂ.

1 Выберите АВТО ПРОГ. и нажмите кнопку MENU/OK.

ÇÍÎ˛˜ËÚÒfl ÙÛÌÍˆËfl ÄÇíé èêéÉ.

èËÌËÏ‡ÂÏ˚Â ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î˚ ·Û‰ÛÚ

‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍË ÒÓı‡ÌflÚ¸Òfl ‚ ÒÔËÒÍÂ

ÌÓÏÂÓ‚ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ.

• èÓÒÎÂ ˝ÚÓ„Ó ÏÓÊÌÓ Â‰‡ÍÚËÓ‚‡Ú¸

ÌÓÏÂ‡ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÙÛÌÍˆËË

çÄëíêéâäÄ/Çêìóçìû. ÅÓÎÂÂ



• ÖÒÎË ÌÛÊÌ˚È ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î ÌÂ ·˚Î

ÒÓı‡ÌÂÌ ‚ ÒÔËÒÍÂ ÌÓÏÂÓ‚ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ,

Â„Ó ÏÓÊÌÓ Á‡Â„ËÒÚËÓ‚‡Ú¸ Ò

ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÙÛÌÍˆËË êìóçÄü. ÅÓÎÂÂ



• îÛÌÍˆËfl ÄÇíé èêéÉ. ÌÂ ÒÓı‡ÌflÂÚ

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î˚ Ì‡ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÂ Ò ÌÓÏÂÓÏ 0

(AV).

• ÖÒÎË ÙÛÌÍˆËfl çÄëíêéâäÄ/Çêìóçìû ÌÂ

ÌÛÊÌ‡, Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ MENU/OK ‰Îfl

‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÏÂÌ˛ çÄëíêéâäÄ.

29

LCT0959-001B-H_R/22-44

Black

29 7/3/1, 8:31 PM


çÄëíêéâäÄ/

Çêìóçìû

îÛÌÍˆËË çÄëíêéâäÄ/Çêìóçìû ‰ÂÎflÚÒfl Ì‡

‰‚‡ ÚËÔ‡:

Â‰‡ÍÚËÓ‚‡ÌËÂ ÚÂÍÛ˘Ëı ÌÓÏÂÓ‚

ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ (ÙÛÌÍˆËfl çÄëíêéâäÄ) Ë Û˜Ì‡fl

Â„ËÒÚ‡ˆËfl ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡ÎÓ‚ ‚ ÒÔËÒÓÍ ÌÓÏÂÓ‚

ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ (ÙÛÌÍˆËfl êìóçÄü).

ВНИМАНИЕ

• Ç ÂÁÛÎ¸Ú‡ÚÂ ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl ÙÛÌÍˆËÈ

ìèêÄÇã, ìÑÄãàíú ËÎË ÇëíÄÇäÄ

ÔÓËÒıÓ‰ËÚ ÔÂÂÁ‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡ÌËÂ ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó

ÒÔËÒÍ‡ ÌÓÏÂÓ‚ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ.

Ç ÂÁÛÎ¸Ú‡ÚÂ ˝ÚÓ„Ó ÌÓÏÂ‡ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ

ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡ÎÓ‚ ËÁÏÂÌflÚÒfl.

• ÖÒÎË ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î ·˚Î Á‡ÔÂÚ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛

ÙÛÌÍˆËË àÑ çéåÖê ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂ

ÙÛÌÍˆËË êìóçÄü ‰Îfl ˝ÚÓ„Ó ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡

ÔË‚Ó‰ËÚ Í ÓÚÏÂÌÂ ÙÛÌÍˆËË àÑ çéåÖê.

• ÖÒÎË ‰Îfl ÌÓÏÂ‡ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ èê 99

ÛÊÂ Ì‡ÁÌ‡˜ÂÌ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î, ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂ

ÇëíÄÇäÄ ÔË‚Â‰ÂÚ Í ÒÚË‡ÌË˛ ˝ÚÓ„Ó

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡.

1 Выберите НАСТРОЙКА/

ВРУЧНУЮ и нажмите кнопку

MENU/OK.

ИД :

ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËfl Â„ËÒÚËÛÂÚ Ì‡Á‚‡ÌËÂ

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡ (àÑ).

ВСТАВКА :

ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËfl ‰Ó·‡‚ÎflÂÚ ÌÓ‚˚È ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î Í

ÚÂÍÛ˘ÂÏÛ ÒÔËÒÍÛ ÌÓÏÂÓ‚ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ ÔÛÚÂÏ

ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂ ÌÓÏÂ‡ CH/CC.

УДАЛИТЬ :

ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËfl Û‰‡ÎflÂÚ ÌÂÌÛÊÌ˚È ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î.

РУЧНАЯ :

ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËfl Ó·ÂÒÔÂ˜Ë‚‡ÂÚ Û˜ÌÛ˛

Â„ËÒÚ‡ˆË˛ ÌÓ‚Ó„Ó ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡ ÔÓ‰

ÌÓÏÂÓÏ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚.


• ÑÎfl ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ ÔÓ‰ ÌÓÏÂÓÏ êR 0 ‚

ÒÔËÒÍÂ ÌÓÏÂÓ‚ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl “AV”.

ФУНКЦИИ

УПРАВЛ


/


2 Нажмите кнопку для включения функции УПРАВЛ.

2 Используйте функцию согласно ее описанию.

УПРАВЛ :

ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËfl ËÁÏÂÌflÂÚ ÌÓÏÂ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡.

30

LCT0959-001B-H_R/22-44

Black

30


/

выберите новый номер программы.

Для отмены функции УПРАВЛ :


7/3/1, 8:31 PM

4 Нажмите кнопку для изменения номера программы телеканала.

ИД


/


2 Нажмите красную кнопку для включения функции ИД.

3 Введите название телеканала

(ИД).

Пользуйтесь кнопками

/

для выбора знаков.

Пользуйтесь кнопками

/

для перемещения курсора.


РУЧНАЯ


/

для выбора номера программы, под которым Вы хотите зарегистрировать новый телеканал.

2 Нажмите синюю кнопку для включения функции РУЧНАЯ.

ë Ô‡‚ÓÈ ÒÚÓÓÌ˚ ÓÚ ÌÓÏÂ‡ CH/CC

ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ëàëíÖåÄ (ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó

ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËfl) ‰‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡.

Для отмены функции ИД:


4 Нажмите кнопку MENU/OK для регистрации названия телеканала.

УДАЛИТЬ


/


2 Нажмите желтую кнопку для удаления телеканала.

ä‡Ì‡Î ·Û‰ÂÚ Û‰‡ÎÂÌ ËÁ ÒÔËÒÍ‡ ÌÓÏÂÓ‚

ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ.

Для отмены функции РУЧНАЯ :


3 Нажимайте кнопку для выбора телевещательной системы (системы звукового сопровождения) для регистрируемого телеканала.

• ëËÒÚÂÏ˚ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËfl ‰Îfl

‡ÁÎË˜Ì˚ı Â„ËÓÌÓ‚ Ë ÒÚ‡Ì ÔË‚Â‰ÂÌ˚

‚ Ú‡·ÎËˆÂ “íÖãÖÇÖôÄíÖãúçõÖ

ëàëíÖåõ” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 12.

4 Нажмите зеленую или красную кнопку для поиска телеканала.

ëÍ‡ÌËÓ‚‡ÌËÂ ÔÂÍ‡ÚËÚÒfl, ÍÓ„‰‡

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î ·Û‰ÂÚ Ì‡È‰ÂÌ. ùÚÓÚ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î

ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ.

31

LCT0959-001B-H_R/22-44

Black

31 7/3/1, 8:31 PM


5 Нажимайте зеленую или красную кнопку до тех пор, пока не появится нужный телеканал.

При плохом приеме телеканала :

ë ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÒËÌÂÈ ËÎË ÊÂÎÚÓÈ ÍÌÓÔÍË

‚˚ÔÓÎÌËÚÂ ÚÓÌÍÛ˛ Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍÛ Ì‡ ˝ÚÓÚ

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î.

Если не удается получить нормальное звуковое сопровождение даже при нормальном изображении :

ùÚÓ ÛÍ‡Á˚‚‡ÂÚ Ì‡ ÌÂÔ‡‚ËÎ¸ÌÛ˛

Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍÛ ëàëíÖåA. ç‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ

Ë ‚˚·ÂËÚÂ ëàëíÖåA Ò ÌÓÏ‡Î¸Ì˚Ï

Á‚ÛÍÓ‚˚Ï ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËÂÏ.

6 Нажмите кнопку MENU/OK для регистрации телеканала под номером программы.

èÓfl‚ËÚÒfl Ó·˚˜ÌÓÂ ÏÂÌ˛ çÄëíêéâäÄ.


/

выберите “CC” или “CH” согласно номеру CH/CC телеканала.

Для отмены функции ВСТАВКА :

ç‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DISPLAY.

4 С помощью кнопок с цифрами введите оставшийся номер CH/

CC.

íÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ÔÂÂÍÎ˛˜ËÚÒfl ‚ ÂÊËÏ

Â„ËÒÚ‡ˆËË. èÓ Á‡‚Â¯ÂÌËË

Â„ËÒÚ‡ˆËË Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡

ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ.

• çÓÏÂ CH/CC ÛÍ‡Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ˜‡ÒÚÓÚÛ, Ì‡

ÍÓÚÓÓÈ ‚Â‰ÂÚÒfl ÚÂÎÂ‚Â˘‡ÌËÂ. ÖÒÎË

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ÌÂ ÏÓÊÂÚ Ó·Ì‡ÛÊËÚ¸

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î, ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ËÈ ˜‡ÒÚÓÚÂ

ÚÂÎÂ‚Â˘‡ÌËfl, Ó·ÓÁÌ‡˜ÂÌÌÓÈ ÌÓÏÂÓÏ

CH/CC, ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl Á‡ÒÚ‡‚Í‡, ÛÍ‡Á˚‚‡˛˘‡fl

Ì‡ ÓÚÒÛÚÒÚ‚ËÂ ÒË„Ì‡Î‡.

ВСТАВКА

ПОДГОТОВКА

• ç‡È‰ËÚÂ ÌÓÏÂ CH/CC,

ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ËÈ ÌÓÏÂÛ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡, ‚

Ú‡·Î. Ì‡ ÒÚ. 33.


/

для выбора номера программы, под которым регистрируется новый телеканал.

2 Нажмите зеленую кнопку для включения функции ВСТАВКА.

32

LCT0959-001B-H_R/22-44

Black

32 7/3/1, 8:31 PM

CH 51

CH 52

CH 53

CH 54

CH 55

CH 56

CH 57

CH 58

CH 59

CH 60

CH 61

CH 62

CH 63

CH 64

CH 65

CH 66

CH 67

CH 68

CH 69

CH 70

CH 35

CH 36

CH 37

CH 38

CH 39

CH 40

CH 41

CH 42

CH 43

CH 44

CH 45

CH 46

CH 47

CH 48

CH 49

CH 50

CH 19

CH 20

CH 21

CH 22

CH 23

CH 24

CH 25

CH 26

CH 27

CH 28

CH 29

CH 30

CH 31

CH 32

CH 33

CH 34

CH

CH 02

CH 03

CH 04

CH 05

CH 06

CH 07

CH 08

CH 09

CH 10

CH 11

CH 12

CH 13

CH 14

CH 15

CH 16

CH 17

CH 18


Номер CH/CC

ÖÒÎË ÚÂ·ÛÂÚÒfl ÙÛÌÍˆËfl ÇëíÄÇäÄ, ÓÔËÒ‡ÌÌ‡fl Ì‡ ÒÚ. 32, Ì‡È‰ËÚÂ ÌÓÏÂ CH/CC,

ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ËÈ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡ÎÛ, ÔÓ ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ Ú‡·ÎËˆÂ.

US: çÓÏÂ‡ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡ÎÓ‚, ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÂÏ˚ı ‚ ëòÄ, Ì‡ îËÎËÔÔËÌ‡ı Ë Ú.‰.

CCIR: çÓÏÂ‡ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡ÎÓ‚, ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÂÏ˚ı Ì‡ ÅÎËÊÌÂÏ ÇÓÒÚÓÍÂ, ‚ û„Ó-ÇÓÒÚÓ˜ÌÓÈ ÄÁËË Ë Ú.‰.

OIRT: çÓÏÂ‡ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡ÎÓ‚, ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÂÏ˚ı ‚ ÇÓÒÚÓ˜ÌÓÈ Ö‚ÓÔÂ, êÓÒÒËË, Ç¸ÂÚÌ‡ÏÂ Ë Ú.‰.

AUSTRALIA: çÓÏÂ‡ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡ÎÓ‚, ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÂÏ˚ı ‚ Ä‚ÒÚ‡ÎËË Ë Ú.‰.

E45

E46

E47

E48

E49

E50

E51

E52

E53

E54

E37

E38

E39

E40

E41

E42

E43

E44

E29

E30

E31

E32

E33

E34

E35

E36

E21

E22

E23

E24

E25

E26

E27

E28

E63

E64

E65

E66

E67

E68

E69

E55

E56

E57

E58

E59

E60

E61

E62

US-59

US-60

US-61

US-62

US-63

US-64

US-65

US-66

US-51

US-52

US-53

US-54

US-55

US-56

US-57

US-58

US-67

US-68

US-69

US-43

US-44

US-45

US-46

US-47

US-48

US-49

US-50

US-35

US-36

US-37

US-38

US-39

US-40

US-41

US-42

US-27

US-28

US-29

US-30

US-31

US-32

US-33

US-34

US-19

US-20

US-21

US-22

US-23

US-24

US-25

US-26

US-9

US-10

US-11

US-12

US-13

US-14

US-15

US-16

US-17

US-18

US

US-2

US-3

US-4

US-5

US-6

US-7

US-8

CCIR

E2

E3

E4

E5

E6

E7

E8

E9

E10

E11

E12

ä‡Ì‡Î

OIRT

R1

R2

R6

R7

R8

R9

R10

R11

R12

AUSTRALIA

AU-0

AU-1

AU-2

AU-6

AU-7

AU-8

AU-9

AU-10

AU-11

CC 48

CC 49

CC 50

CC 51

CC 52

CC 53

CC 54

CC 55

CC 56

CC 57

CC 58

CC 59

CC 60

CC 61

CC 62

CC 63

CC 32

CC 33

CC 34

CC 35

CC 36

CC 37

CC 38

CC 39

CC 40

CC 41

CC 42

CC 43

CC 44

CC 45

CC 46

CC 47

CC 64

CC 75

CC 76

CC 77

CC 78

CC 79

CC 95

CC 96

CC 97

CC 98

CC 99

CC 16

CC 17

CC 18

CC 19

CC 20

CC 21

CC 22

CC 23

CC 24

CC 25

CC 26

CC 27

CC 28

CC 29

CC 30

CC 31

CC

CC 01

CC 02

CC 03

CC 04

CC 05

CC 06

CC 07

CC 08

CC 09

CC 10

CC 11

CC 12

CC 13

CC 14

CC 15

US

W+4

W+5

W+6

W+7

W+8

W+9

W+10

W+11

S

T

U

V

W

W+1

W+2

W+3

O

P

Q

R

K

L

M

N

I

J

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

W+12

W+13

W+14

W+15

W+16

W+17

W+18

W+19

W+20

W+21

W+22

W+23

W+24

W+25

W+26

W+27

W+28

A-5

A-4

A-3

A-2

A-1

S-28

S-29

S-30

S-31

S-32

S-33

S-34

S-35

S-20

S-21

S-22

S-23

S-24

S-25

S-26

S-27

S-7

S-8

S-9

S-10

S-11

S-12

S-13

S-14

CCIR

ä‡Ì‡Î

S-1

S-2

S-3

S-4

S-5

S-6

S-15

S-16

S-17

S-18

S-19

S-36

S-37

S-38

S-39

S-40

S-41

OIRT

X

Y

Z

Z+1

Z+2

R3

R4

R5

AUSTRALIA

AU-5

AU-5A

AU-3

AU-4

33

LCT0959-001B-H_R/22-44

Black

33 7/3/1, 8:31 PM


üáõä íÖãÖíÖäëíÄ

àÏÂÂÚÒfl 4 „ÛÔÔ˚ flÁ˚ÍÓ‚ ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡. Ç˚·ÂËÚÂ

„ÛÔÔÛ, ÍÓÚÓ‡fl ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ flÁ˚ÍÛ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚

ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡, ÍÓÚÓÛ˛ ‚˚ ıÓÚËÚÂ ÒÏÓÚÂÚ¸.

1 Выберите ЯЗЫК ТЕЛЕТЕКСТА и нажмите кнопку MENU/OK.



• Ç ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ‚˚·Ó‡ „ÛÔÔ˚ flÁ˚ÍÓ‚, ‚

ÍÓÚÓÓÈ ÌÂÚ flÁ˚Í‡ ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚

ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡, ˝ÚÓÚ ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ ÌÂ ·Û‰ÂÚ

ÌÓÏ‡Î¸ÌÓ ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡Ú¸Òfl.

34

2 Нажмите кнопки выбора группы.

Группа

ГPУППА-1

ГPУППА-2

ГPУППА-3

ГPУППА-4

/

для

Языки

Турецкий, венгерский, английский, немецкий, французский, итальянский, испанский, португальский, греческий, шведский, финский

Польский, сербский, хорватский, словенский, чешский, словацкий, румынский, венгерский, немецкий, французский, итальянский, шведский, финский

Русский, болгарский, латышский, литовский, эстонский, украинский, сербский, хорватский, словенский, чешский, словацкий, английский, немецкий

Арабский, чешский, словацкий, венгерский, английский, немецкий, французский, итальянский, испанский, португальский, шведский, финский

LCT0959-001B-H_R/22-44

Black

34 7/3/1, 8:31 PM

åÂÌ˛ ÑÖåé

îÛÌÍˆËfl ÑÖåé Ó·ÂÒÔÂ˜Ë‚‡ÂÚ

‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍÛ˛ ‰ÂÏÓÌÒÚ‡ˆË˛ ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı

ÙÛÌÍˆËÈ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡.

Когда функция ДЕМО установлена на ВКЛ :

ÔË Í‡Ê‰ÓÏ ‚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡

Ì‡˜ËÌ‡ÂÚÒfl ‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍ‡fl ‰ÂÏÓÌÒÚ‡ˆËfl.

ÖÒÎË ‰ÂÏÓÌÒÚ‡ˆËfl ÌÂ ÚÂ·ÛÂÚÒfl,

ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ ÑÖåé Ì‡ Çõäã.

1 Нажмите кнопку выбора ВКЛ.

/

для

ÑÎfl ÓÚÏÂÌ˚ ÙÛÌÍˆËË ÑÖåé ‚˚·ÂËÚÂ

Çõäã.


îÛÌÍˆËfl ÑÖåé ‚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÂÚÒfl, ‚

ÂÁÛÎ¸Ú‡ÚÂ Ì‡˜ÌÂÚÒfl ‰ÂÏÓÌÒÚ‡ˆËfl.

Для отмены демонстрации:

Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ Î˛·Û˛ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ÔÛÎ¸Ú‡



LCT0959-001B-H_R/22-44

Black

35 7/3/1, 8:31 PM

35

ДОПОЛНИТЕЛЬНАЯ ПОДГОТОВКА

èÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËÂ

‚ÌÂ¯ÌËı ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚

èÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌflÈÚÂ Í ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓÛ ‚ÌÂ¯ÌËÂ

ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡ Ò ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ

ÒıÂÏ˚ ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËfl.

Перед выполнением любого подсоединения :

• èÓ˜ÚËÚÂ ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚Ó Í ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌflÂÏ˚Ï

ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡Ï. ëÔÓÒÓ· ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËfl

Á‡‚ËÒËÚ ÓÚ ÍÓÌÍÂÚÌ˚ı ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚ Ë ÏÓÊÂÚ

·˚Ú¸ ÓÚÎË˜Ì˚Ï ÓÚ ÒÔÓÒÓ·‡, ÔÓÍ‡Á‡ÌÌÓ„Ó

Ì‡ ÒıÂÏÂ. äÓÏÂ ÚÓ„Ó, ‰Îfl Ó·ÂÒÔÂ˜ÂÌËfl

ÌÓÏ‡Î¸ÌÓÈ ‡·ÓÚ˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓÚÂ·Ó‚‡Ú¸Òfl

ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËÂ Ì‡ÒÚÓÂÍ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡ ‚

Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ ÒÔÓÒÓ·‡ ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËfl.

• Ç˚ÍÎ˛˜ËÚÂ ‚ÒÂ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡, ‚ ÚÓÏ ˜ËÒÎÂ

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ.

• Ç ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ “íÂıÌË˜ÂÒÍËÂ ‰‡ÌÌ˚Â” Ì‡ ÒÚ.

43 ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÚÒfl ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆËfl Ó Ô‡ÌÂÎflı

ÇàÑÖé. Ç ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËfl

ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡, ÌÂ ‚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌÌÓ„Ó ‚

ÔË‚Â‰ÂÌÌ˚È ÌËÊÂ ÒÔËÒÓÍ, Ó·‡ÚËÚÂÒ¸

Í ‡Á‰ÂÎÛ “íÂıÌË˜ÂÒÍËÂ ‰‡ÌÌ˚Â” ‰Îfl

‚˚·Ó‡ Ì‡Ë·ÓÎÂÂ ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰fl˘ÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË

ÇàÑÖé.

• àÏÂÈÚÂ ‚‚Ë‰Û, ˜ÚÓ ÒÓÂ‰ËÌËÚÂÎ¸Ì˚Â

Í‡·ÂÎË ÌÂ ‚ıÓ‰flÚ ‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ ÔÓÒÚ‡‚ÍË.

• èË ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËË ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚,

ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡˛˘Ëı AV COMPU LINK,

Ó·‡ÚËÚÂÒ¸ Í ‡Á‰ÂÎÛ “èÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËÂ

ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚, ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡˛˘Ëı AV COMPU

LINK” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 38.

1 Çå (ÔÓÎÌ˚È ÒË„Ì‡Î)

2 Çå (ÒË„Ì‡Î S-VIDEO; Y/C)

3 Çå ‰Îfl Á‡ÔËÒË (ÔÓÎÌ˚È ÒË„Ì‡Î)

4 DVD-ÔÎÂÂ (ÔÓÎÌ˚È ÒË„Ì‡Î)

5 DVD-ÔÎÂÂ (ÒË„Ì‡Î S-VIDEO; Y/C)

6 DVD-ÔÎÂÂ (ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÌ˚Â

‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡Î˚; Y/C

B

/C

R

)

7 íÇ-Ë„‡ (ÔÓÎÌ˚È ÒË„Ì‡Î)

8 íÇ-Ë„‡ (ÒË„Ì‡Î S-VIDEO; Y/C)

9 ÇË‰ÂÓÍ‡ÏÂ‡ (ÔÓÎÌ˚È ÒË„Ì‡Î)

0 ÇË‰ÂÓÍ‡ÏÂ‡ (ÒË„Ì‡Î S-VIDEO; Y/C)

ÉÓÎÓ‚Ì˚Â ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌ˚

36

A ä‡·ÂÎ¸ AV COMPU LINK

36 7/3/1, 8:31 PM LCT0959-001B-H_R/22-44

Black

Способы подсоединения

1 Соедините гнездо VIDEO телевизора с гнездом VIDEO

OUT (видеовыход) устройства с помощью видеокабеля.

Подсоединение устройства к телевизору с помощью кабеля

S-VIDEO :

ëÓÂ‰ËÌËÚÂ ‡Á˙ÂÏ S-VIDEO OUT (‚˚ıÓ‰ S-

VIDEO) ‚Ë‰ÂÓÏ‡„ÌËÚÓÙÓÌ‡ Ò ‡Á˙ÂÏÓÏ S

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ Í‡·ÂÎfl S-VIDEO, ‡ ÌÂ

‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡·ÂÎfl.

àÏÂÈÚÂ ‚‚Ë‰Û, ˜ÚÓ ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËÂ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛

‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡·ÂÎfl ÌÂ ·Û‰ÂÚ ‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸, ÂÒÎË

ÒÓÂ‰ËÌËÚ¸ Çå Ò ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓÓÏ Í‡Í Ò

ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡·ÂÎfl, Ú‡Í Ë Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛

Í‡·ÂÎfl S-VIDEO.

Соединение DVD-плеера с телевизором с помощью компонентного видеокабеля

ëÓÂ‰ËÌËÚÂ ÚË „ÌÂÁ‰‡ (Y/VIDEO, C

B

Ë C

R

)

Ô‡ÌÂÎË VIDEO-3 Ë COMPONENT (ÔÓÎÌ˚È

‚Ë‰ÂÓ‚˚ıÓ‰) „ÌÂÁ‰‡ DVD-ÔÎÂÂ‡ Ò

ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÌ˚ı ‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡·ÂÎÂÈ, ‡ ÌÂ

Ó‰ÌÓ„Ó ‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡·ÂÎfl.

á‡ÚÂÏ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ VIDEO-3 Ì‡

äéåèéçÖçíçõâ ÒÓ„Î‡ÒÌÓ ‡Á‰ÂÎÛ

“VIDEO-3” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 28.

• Ñ‡ÌÌ˚È ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ÒÓ‚ÏÂÒÚËÏ Ò

Progressive ‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡ÎÓÏ (ÒË„Ì‡ÎÓÏ

525P). (ÂÒÎË Ì‡ ‚ıÓ‰ ÔÓ‰‡ÂÚÒfl

ÒÓ‚ÏÂÒÚËÏ˚È ‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡Î).

ÖÒÎË DVD-ÔÎÂÂ ÔÓ‰‡ÂÚ Progressive

‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡Î˚ (ÒË„Ì‡Î˚ 525P) ‚ Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚Â

ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÌ˚ı ‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡ÎÓ‚,

ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËÂ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡ Ò ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓÓÏ

ÔÓÒÂ‰ÒÚ‚ÓÏ ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÌÓ„Ó

‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡·ÂÎfl ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎËÚ ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸

Á‡ÔËÒ¸ Ì‡ ‰ËÒÍË DVD ‚ Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚Â

ËÒıÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ‡ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl.

ÑéèéãçàíÖãúçÄü èéÑÉéíéÇäÄ

Подсоединение устройства через панель VIDEO-3/

COMPONENT с помощью видеокабеля

ëÓÂ‰ËÌËÚÂ „ÌÂÁ‰Ó Y/VIDEO ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ Ë

„ÌÂÁ‰Ó VIDEO OUT (‚Ë‰ÂÓ‚˚ıÓ‰) Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛

‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡·ÂÎÂÈ, ‡ ÌÂ Ó‰ÌÓ„Ó ‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡·ÂÎfl.

á‡ÚÂÏ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ VIDEO-3 Ì‡ ÇàÑÖé

ÒÓ„Î‡ÒÌÓ ‡Á‰ÂÎÛ “VIDEO-3” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 28.

• ç‡ Ô‡ÌÂÎË VIDEO-4 „ÌÂÁ‰Ó VIDEO

Ó·ÓÁÌ‡˜ÂÌÓ Í‡Í “V”.

2 Соединение аудиогнезд AUDIO

(L/MONO и R) телевизора и гнезд AUDIO OUT (аудиовыход

L/R) с помощью аудиокабелей.

Если звуковой сигнал устройства является монофоническим :

ëÓÂ‰ËÌËÚÂ „ÌÂÁ‰Ó AUDIO OUT ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡ Ò

„ÌÂÁ‰ÓÏ L/MONO ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛

‡Û‰ËÓÍ‡·ÂÎfl.

• ç‡ Ô‡ÌÂÎË VIDEO-4 „ÌÂÁ‰‡ AUDIO

(ÄìÑàé) Ó·ÓÁÌ‡˜ÂÌ˚ Í‡Í “R”.

Подсоединение устройств к панели OUTPUT

ëË„Ì‡Î˚ ÔÓÒÏ‡ÚË‚‡ÂÏ˚ı ‚ ‰‡ÌÌ˚È

ÏÓÏÂÌÚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ Ë Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó

ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËfl ‚˚ıÓ‰flÚ ËÁ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡

˜ÂÂÁ Ô‡ÌÂÎ¸ OUTPUT. èÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌË‚ Çå Í

Ô‡ÌÂÎË OUTPUT, ÏÓÊÌÓ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡Ú¸

ÔÓÒÏ‡ÚË‚‡ÂÏ˚Â ‚ ‰‡ÌÌ˚È ÏÓÏÂÌÚ

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ Ë Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÂ ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËÂ.

ÑÎfl ˝ÚÓ„Ó ‰ÓÒÚ‡ÚÓ˜ÌÓ ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌËÚ¸ Çå

˜ÂÂÁ Ô‡ÌÂÎ¸ OUTPUT ÒÓ„Î‡ÒÌÓ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ

ËÌÒÚÛÍˆËflÏ.

1 Соедините гнездо VIDEO панели OUTPUT с гнездом

VIDEO IN (видеовход) видеомагнитофона при помощи видеокабеля.

37

LCT0959-001B-H_R/22-44

Black

37 7/3/1, 8:31 PM


2 Соедините гнезда AUDIO (L и

R) панели OUTPUT с гнездами

AUDIO IN (аудиовход L/R) видеомагнитофона при помощи аудиокабеля.

• èË ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡

ÔÂÍ‡˘‡˛ÚÒfl ÒË„Ì‡Î˚ ˜ÂÂÁ Ô‡ÌÂÎ¸

OUTPUT.

• äÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÌ˚Â ÒË„Ì‡Î˚, ÔÓÒÚÛÔ‡˛˘ËÂ

˜ÂÂÁ Ô‡ÌÂÎ¸ VIDEO-3/ CéåPéNENT,

ÌÂÎ¸Áfl ‚˚‚ÂÒÚË ˜ÂÂÁ Ô‡ÌÂÎ¸ OUTPUT.

Подсоединение головных телефонов

Подсоедините головные телефоны со стереофоническим миништекером (диаметр 3,5 мм) к гнезду головных телефонов на передней панели телевизора.

èÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËÂ

ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚,

ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡˛˘Ëı

AV COMPU LINK

ëËÒÚÂÏ‡ ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl AV

COMPU LINK Ó·ÂÒÔÂ˜Ë‚‡ÂÚ ‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍÓÂ

ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËÂ ÌÂÒÍÓÎ¸ÍËÏË ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡ÏË ÔË

‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌËË ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÚÓÎ¸ÍÓ Ó‰ÌËÏ

ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚ÓÏ.

èËÏÂÌËÚÂÎ¸ÌÓ Í ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓÛ, ‚ ÂÁÛÎ¸Ú‡ÚÂ

ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚ÌÂ¯ÌËÏ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚ÓÏ ·Û‰ÂÚ

ÔÓËÒıÓ‰ËÚ¸ ‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍÓÂ ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËÂ

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓÓÏ. ÑÎfl ‚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËfl ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡

ÏËÎË ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl ÂÊËÏÓ‚ ÇàÑÖé ÌÂ

ÚÂ·ÛÂÚÒfl ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂ ÔÛÎ¸Ú‡


Примеры работы системы дистанционного управления AV COMPU

LINK

ç‡ÊËÏ‡fl ÍÌÓÔÍÛ PLAY ‚Ë‰ÂÓÏ‡„ÌËÚÓÙÓÌ‡

ËÎË DVD-ÔÎÂÂ‡, ÏÓÊÌÓ ÔÓÒÏ‡ÚË‚‡Ú¸

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl Ì‡ ‚ÌÂ¯ÌÂÏ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Â.

ÖÒÎË Á‡„ÛÁËÚ¸ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÛ˛ ÔÎÂÌÍÛ (Ì‡

Í‡ÒÒÂÚÂ Ò Û‰‡ÎÂÌÌ˚Ï Á‡˘ËÚÌ˚Ï flÁ˚˜ÍÓÏ) ‚

Çå, ÏÓÊÌÓ ÒÏÓÚÂÚ¸ Á‡ÔËÒ¸.

ÇÍÎ˛˜‡Ú¸ Ë ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜‡Ú¸ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ

(Ì‡ıÓ‰fl˘ËÈÒfl ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ ÓÊË‰‡ÌËfl) Ë

ÔÂÂÍÎ˛˜‡Ú¸ ÂÊËÏ˚ ÇàÑÖé ÏÓÊÌÓ Ò

ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÔËÂÏÌËÍ‡ ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl Äë.

• ê‡·ÓÚ‡ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó

ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl AV COMPU LINK Á‡‚ËÒËÚ ÓÚ

ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡. ëÏ.

ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚‡ ÔÓ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡Ï.

• èË ‚˚·ÓÂ “áÇìäéÇéÉé

ëéèêéÇéÜÑÖçàü íÇ” ‚ Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚Â

‚ıÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ‡ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛

ÔËÂÏÌËÍ‡ ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl AV ÏÓÊÂÚ

‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍË Ò‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸ ÙÛÌÍˆËfl

ÇõäãûóÖçàÖ áÇìäÄ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡, Ú‡Í

˜ÚÓ Á‚Û˜‡ÌËÂ ËÁ „ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎÂÈ

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ ÔÂÍ‡ÚËÚÒfl. Ç ˝ÚÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â

Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ VOLUME-/+ ËÎË

MUTING ÔÛÎ¸Ú‡ ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó

ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÓÚÏÂÌËÚÂ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛

ÇõäãûóÖçàÖ áÇìäÄ. Ç ÂÁÛÎ¸Ú‡ÚÂ

„ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ Á‡Á‚Û˜‡Ú

ÒÌÓ‚‡.

Условия, при которых можно использовать систему дистанционного управления AV COMPU

LINK

• çÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó, ËÏÂ˛˘ÂÂ

‡Á˙ÂÏ AV COMPU LINK.

38

LCT0959-001B-H_R/22-44

Black

38 7/3/1, 8:31 PM

• çÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ÒÓÂ‰ËÌËÚ¸ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ Ë

ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ Í‡·ÂÎfl AV

COMPU LINK.

ä‡·ÂÎ¸ AV COMPU LINK ÌÂ ‚ıÓ‰ËÚ ‚

ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ ÔÓÒÚ‡‚ÍË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡. ÖÒÎË

Í‡·ÂÎfl AV COMPU LINK ÌÂÚ, ÒÓÂ‰ËÌËÚÂ

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ Ë ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛

Í‡·ÂÎfl, Ì‡ Ó·ÓËı ÍÓÌˆ‡ı ÍÓÚÓÓ„Ó

ËÏÂ˛ÚÒfl 3,5 ÏÏ (ÏÓÌÓ) ¯ÚÂÍÂ˚.

• ìÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌËÚ¸ Í

ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË ÇàÑÖé Ë

Ô‡‚ËÎ¸ÌÓ Ì‡ÒÚÓËÚ¸, ËÌ‡˜Â ÒËÒÚÂÏ‡

‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl AV COMPU

LINK ÌÂ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÌÓÏ‡Î¸ÌÓ ‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸. ÅÓÎÂÂ


“ç‡ÒÚÓÈÍ‡ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó

ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl AV COMPU LINK”.

• íÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ‰ÓÎÊÂÌ Ì‡ıÓ‰ËÚ¸Òfl ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ

ÓÊË‰‡ÌËfl (ËÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl POWER

‰ÓÎÊÂÌ „ÓÂÚ¸ Í‡ÒÌ˚Ï). ÖÒÎË

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ÓÚÍÎ˛˜ÂÌ ÓÚ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ‡

ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl (ËÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl POWER

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ ÌÂ „ÓËÚ), ÒËÒÚÂÏ‡

‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl AV COMPU

LINK ‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸ ÌÂ ·Û‰ÂÚ.

Настройка системы дистанционного управления AV COMPU LINK

ВНИМАНИЕ :

• ëÔÓÒÓ·˚ Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍË ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı

ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚ ÓÚÎË˜‡˛ÚÒfl ÓÚ ÓÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓ„Ó

ÌËÊÂ ÒÔÓÒÓ·‡. èÂÂ‰ ‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌËÂÏ

Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍË Ó·flÁ‡ÚÂÎ¸ÌÓ ÔÓ˜ÚËÚÂ

ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚Ó ÔÓ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Û.

1 Подсоедините устройство к панели VIDEO-1 или VIDEO-2 телевизора.

При подсоединении DVDплеера к телевизору с помощью компонентного видеокабеля :

èÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌËÚÂ DVD-ÔÎÂÂ Í Ô‡ÌÂÎË VIDEO-3



• èÓ‰Ó·Ì˚Â ËÌÒÚÛÍˆËË ÔÓ

ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌË˛ ÒÏ. ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ

“èÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËÂ ‚ÌÂ¯ÌËı ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚” Ì‡

ÒÚ. 36.

2 Соедините гнездо AV COMPU

LINK телевизора с гнездом AV

COMPU LINK устройства с помощью кабеля AV COMPU

LINK.

3 Измените настройку устройства в соответствии с панелью VIDEO, с которой оно соединено.

Если ВМ соединен с панелью

VIDEO-1 :

ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ ÍÓ‰ ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl

‚Ë‰ÂÓÏ‡„ÌËÚÓÙÓÌ‡ Ì‡ A.

Если DVD-плеер соединен с панелью VIDEO-1 :

ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ ÂÊËÏ AV COMPULINK DVD-

ÔÎÂÂ‡ Ì‡ DVD2.

Если ВМ соединен с панелью

VIDEO-2 :

ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ ÍÓ‰ ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl

‚Ë‰ÂÓÏ‡„ÌËÚÓÙÓÌ‡ Ì‡ B.

Если DVD-плеер соединен с панелью VIDEO-2 :



Если DVD-плеер соединен с панелью VIDEO-3 с помощью компонентного видеокабеля :



• àÌÒÚÛÍˆËË ÔÓ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌË˛ Ì‡ÒÚÓÂÍ

ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚ ÒÏ. ‚ ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚‡ı ÔÓ

ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡Ï.

• ÖÒÎË ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌflÂÏÓÂ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ÌÂ

ËÏÂÂÚ ÌË ÍÓ‰‡ ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó

ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl, ÌË ÂÊËÏ‡ AV COMPULINK,

ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌËÚÂ Â„Ó ˜ÂÂÁ Ô‡ÌÂÎ¸ VIDEO-1.

39

LCT0959-001B-H_R/22-44

Black

39 7/3/1, 8:31 PM

Устранение неисправностей

ÖÒÎË ÔË ÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓÓÏ ‚ÓÁÌËÍ‡ÂÚ ÔÓ·ÎÂÏ‡, ÔÓ˜ÚËÚÂ ‡Á‰ÂÎ “ìÒÚ‡ÌÂÌËÂ

ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ” ÔÂÂ‰ ÚÂÏ Í‡Í Ó·‡˘‡Ú¸Òfl Í Ï‡ÒÚÂÛ. ùÚ‡ ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆËfl ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓÏÓ˜¸ Ç‡Ï ‚

ÛÒÚ‡ÌÂÌËË ÔÓ·ÎÂÏ˚ ·ÂÁ ÔÓÒÚÓÓÌÌÂÈ ÔÓÏÓ˘Ë. ÖÒÎË, Ì‡ÔËÏÂ, ‚ËÎÍ‡ ¯ÌÛ‡ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl

‚˚ÒÍÓ˜ËÎ‡ ËÁ ÓÁÂÚÍË ËÎË ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚Ì‡ ‡ÌÚÂÌÌ‡, ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚ÓÁÌËÍÌÛÚ¸ ‚ÔÂ˜‡ÚÎÂÌËÂ, ˜ÚÓ

ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÂÌ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ.

Внимание :

• Ç ‰‡ÌÌÓÏ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ ‡ÒÒÏ‡ÚË‚‡˛ÚÒfl ÚÓÎ¸ÍÓ ÔÓ·ÎÂÏ˚, ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍË ÍÓÚÓ˚ı ÌÂÓ˜Â‚Ë‰Ì˚.

ÖÒÎË Û Ç‡Ò ‚ÓÁÌËÍÌÛÚ ‚ÓÔÓÒ˚ ÔÓ ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌË˛ Í‡ÍËı-ÎË·Ó ÙÛÌÍˆËÈ, ÔÓ˜ÚËÚÂ ÒÌ‡˜‡Î‡

ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ËÈ ‡Á‰ÂÎ ‰‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚‡, ‡ ÌÂ ‡Á‰ÂÎ “ìÒÚ‡ÌÂÌËÂ

ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ”.

• ÖÒÎË ÌË Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÂÍÓÏÂÌ‰‡ˆËÈ ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ “ìÒÚ‡ÌÂÌËÂ ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ”, ÌË Ò

ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÓÔËÒ‡ÌËfl ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ÂÈ ÙÛÌÍˆËË ÛÒÚ‡ÌËÚ¸ ÔÓ·ÎÂÏÛ ÌÂ Û‰‡ÎÓÒ¸, ‚˚Ì¸ÚÂ

‚ËÎÍÛ ¯ÌÛ‡ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ ËÁ ÓÁÂÚÍË Ë Ó·‡ÚËÚÂÒ¸ Í Ï‡ÒÚÂÛ. çÂ Ô˚Ú‡ÈÚÂÒ¸

ÓÚÂÏÓÌÚËÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ Ò‡ÏÓÒÚÓflÚÂÎ¸ÌÓ, ÌÂ ÓÚÍ˚‚‡ÈÚÂ Á‡‰Ì˛˛ Í˚¯ÍÛ


ÖÒÎË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ÌÂ

‚˚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÂÚÒfl

• ÇÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌ‡ Ì‡ ÎË ‚ËÎÍ‡ ¯ÌÛ‡ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl ‚

ÓÁÂÚÍÛ?

• ÉÓËÚ ÎË ËÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl POWER?

ÖÒÎË ÓÌ ÌÂ „ÓËÚ, Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ

‚˚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÚÂÎfl ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl.

çÂÚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl/

çÂÚ Á‚ÛÍ‡

• çÂ fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÎË ÒË„Ì‡Î ‚˚·‡ÌÌÓ„Ó

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡ ÒÎË¯ÍÓÏ ÒÎ‡·˚Ï? Ç ˝ÚÓÏ

ÒÎÛ˜‡Â Ò‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ÙÛÌÍˆËfl ëàçàâ

îéç – ‚ÂÒ¸ ˝Í‡Ì ÒÚ‡ÌÂÚ ÒËÌËÏ, Á‚ÛÍ

ÔÂÍ‡ÚËÚÒfl. ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ‚ÒÂ ÊÂ ıÓÚËÚÂ

ÒÏÓÚÂÚ¸ ˝ÚÓÚ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î, ÔÓ˜ÚËÚÂ

ÓÔËÒ‡ÌËÂ ÙÛÌÍˆËË “ëàçàâ îéç” Ì‡

ÒÚ. 26 Ë ÔÓÔ˚Ú‡ÈÚÂÒ¸ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ˝ÚÛ

ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ Ì‡ Çõäã.

• è‡‚ËÎ¸Ì˚ ÎË Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍË ‰Îfl ëàëíÖåõ

áÇìäÄ ˝ÚÓ„Ó ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡? èÓ˜ÚËÚÂ

ÓÔËÒ‡ÌËÂ “äÌÓÔÍ‡ SOUND SYSTEM” Ì‡

ÒÚ. 12 Ë ÔÓÔ˚Ú‡ÈÚÂÒ¸ ÛÒÚ‡ÌËÚ¸

ÔÓ·ÎÂÏÛ.

èÎÓıÓÂ Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚Ó

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl

• ÖÒÎË ÔÓÏÂıË ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ ·ÎÓÍËÛ˛Ú

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ (ÒÌÂ„) ÔË˜ËÌ‡ ÏÓÊÂÚ

Á‡ÍÎ˛˜‡Ú¸Òfl ‚ ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÏ Í‡·ÂÎÂ ËÎË

‡ÌÚÂÌÌÂ. èÓ‚Â¸ÚÂ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÂ:

è‡‚ËÎ¸ÌÓ ÎË ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌ‡

‡ÌÚÂÌÌ‡ Í ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓÛ?

çÂ ÔÓ‚ÂÊ‰ÂÌ ÎË Í‡·ÂÎ¸?

è‡‚ËÎ¸ÌÓ ÎË ÓËÂÌÚËÓ‚‡Ì‡

‡ÌÚÂÌÌ‡?

àÒÔ‡‚Ì‡ ÎË Ò‡Ï‡ ‡ÌÚÂÌÌ‡?

• ÖÒÎË ‚ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓÂ ËÎË ‡ÌÚÂÌÌÂ

Ì‡‚Ó‰flÚÒfl ÔÓÏÂıË ÓÚ ‰Û„Ëı ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚,

Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ÏÓ„ÛÚ ÔÓfl‚ËÚ¸Òfl ÔÓÎÓÒ˚ ËÎË

‰Û„ËÂ ÔÓÏÂıË. ì‰‡ÎËÚÂ Ú‡ÍËÂ

ÔÓÏÂıÓ„ÂÌÂËÛ˛˘ËÂ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡ Í‡Í

ÛÒËÎËÚÂÎË, ÍÓÏÔ¸˛ÚÂ˚, ÙÂÌ˚, ÓÚ

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ ËÎË ÔÓÔÓ·ÛÈÚÂ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ‚ ‰Û„ÓÏ ÏÂÒÚÂ. ÖÒÎË ‚

‡ÌÚÂÌÌÂ Ì‡‚Ó‰flÚÒfl ÔÓÏÂıË ÓÚ

‡‰ËÓÏ‡˜Ú˚ ËÎË ‚˚ÒÓÍÓ‚ÓÎ¸ÚÌ˚ı ÎËÌËÈ,

Ó·‡ÚËÚÂÒ¸ Í ÏÂÒÚÌÓÏÛ ‰ËÎÂÛ.

• ÖÒÎË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ÔËÌËÏ‡ÂÚ ÒË„Ì‡Î,

ÓÚ‡ÊÂÌÌ˚È ÓÚ „Ó ËÎË Á‰‡ÌËÈ,

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ·Û‰ÂÚ ‰‚ÓËÚ¸Òfl.

èÓÔÓ·ÛÈÚÂ ËÁÏÂÌËÚ¸ ÓËÂÌÚ‡ˆË˛

‡ÌÚÂÌÌ˚ ËÎË Á‡ÏÂÌËÚ¸ ÂÂ ÌÓ‚ÓÈ,

Ó·Î‡‰‡˛˘ÂÈ ÎÛ˜¯ÂÈ Ì‡Ô‡‚ÎÂÌÌÓÒÚ¸˛.

40

LCT0959-001B-H_R/22-44

Black

40 7/3/1, 8:31 PM

• ÑÂÎ‡ÈÚÂ ÎË ‚˚ ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍÛ ëàëíÖåÄ

ñÇÖíçéëíà ‰Îfl ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡

Ô‡‚ËÎ¸ÌÓ?ÑÎfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÂÌËfl ˝ÚÓÈ

ÔÓ·ÎÂÏ˚ ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÈÚÂ ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆË˛ ‚

‡Á‰ÂÎÂ “äÌÓÔÍ‡ COLOUR SYSTEM” Ì‡

ÒÚ. 11.

• è‡‚ËÎ¸ÌÓ ÎË ÓÚÂ„ÛÎËÓ‚‡Ì˚ ñÇÖí Ë

üêäé? ÑÎfl Â„ÛÎËÓ‚‡ÌËfl ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÈÚÂ

ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆË˛ ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ “êÂ„ÛÎËÓ‚‡ÌËÂ


• á‡ÔËÒ¸ ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡ Ì‡ Çå ÌÂ

ÂÍÓÏÂÌ‰ÛÂÚÒfl, Ú.Í. ÓÌ ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ú¸Òfl

ÌÂÔ‡‚ËÎ¸ÌÓ.

• üÍËÂ ·ÂÎ˚Â ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl (Ì‡ÔËÏÂ,

·ÂÎÓÂ ÔÎ‡Ú¸Â) ÏÓ„ÛÚ ‚˚„Îfl‰ÂÚ¸ Ì‡

˝Í‡ÌÂ Í‡Í ˆ‚ÂÚÌ˚Â.

ùÚÓ ÌÂÛÒÚ‡ÌËÏÓÂ ËÒÍ‡ÊÂÌËÂ,

Ò‚flÁ‡ÌÌÓÂ Ò ÓÒÓ·ÂÌÌÓÒÚflÏË ÍËÌÂÒÍÓÔ‡,

ÓÌÓ ÌÂ fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚ¸˛.

çÂÂÒÚÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚Â ˆ‚ÂÚ‡ ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÛÚ ÔË

ÛıÓ‰Â Ò ˝Í‡Ì‡ flÍÓ„Ó ·ÂÎÓ„Ó

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl.

• èË ÔÓÒÏÓÚÂ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ Ò

ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı ËÏÂ˛˘ËıÒfl ‚

ÔÓ‰‡ÊÂ Ô‡ÍÂÚÓ‚ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ„Ó

Ó·ÂÒÔÂ˜ÂÌËfl ‰Îfl ‚Ë‰ÂÓ ËÎË

ÌÂÔ‡‚ËÎ¸ÌÓ Ò‰ÂÎ‡ÌÌ˚ı ‚Ë‰ÂÓÁ‡ÔËÒÂÈ

‚ÂıÌflfl ˜‡ÒÚ¸ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÓÊÂÚ

ËÏÂÚ¸ ËÒÍ‡ÊÂÌËfl.

ùÚÓ Ò‚flÁ‡ÌÓ Ò ‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡ÎÓÏ, ‡ ÌÂ Ò

ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚ¸˛ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡.

èÎÓıÓÂ Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚Ó

Á‚ÛÍ‡

• è‡‚ËÎ¸ÌÓ ÎË ÓÚÂ„ÛÎËÓ‚‡Ì˚ ÅÄë Ë

íÖåÅê? ÖÒÎË ÌÂÚ, ‚˚ÔÓÎÌËÚÂ

Â„ÛÎËÓ‚ÍË, ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛfl ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆË˛ ‚

‡Á‰ÂÎÂ “êÂ„ÛÎËÓ‚Í‡ Á‚ÛÍ‡” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 24.

• èË ÔÎÓıÓÏ ÔËÂÏÂ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡ ÏÓ„ÛÚ

‚ÓÁÌËÍ‡Ú¸ ÚÛ‰ÌÓÒÚË Ò ÔÓÒÎÛ¯Ë‚‡ÌËÂÏ

ÒÚÂÂÓÙÓÌË˜ÂÒÍÓ„Ó ËÎË ‰‚ÛflÁ˚˜ÌÓ„Ó

Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËfl. Ç ˝ÚÓÏ

ÒÎÛ˜‡Â, ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛfl ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆË˛ ‚

‡Á‰ÂÎÂ “CTEPEO / I • II ” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 24,

ÔÂÂÍÎ˛˜ËÚÂÒ¸ Ì‡ ÏÓÌÓÙÓÌË˜ÂÒÍÓÂ

Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÂ ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËÂ.

ìÒÚ‡ÌÂÌËÂ ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ

íÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ÌÂ

‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ

• çÂ ÔÓ‡ ÎË Á‡ÏÂÌËÚ¸ ·‡Ú‡ÂÈÍË ‚ ÔÛÎ¸ÚÂ

‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl?

ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ ÌÓ‚˚Â ·‡Ú‡ÂÈÍË ÒÓ„Î‡ÒÌÓ

ËÌÒÚÛÍˆËflÏ ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ “ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Í‡

·‡Ú‡ÂÂÍ ‚ ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó

ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 4.

• çÂ Ô˚Ú‡ÂÚÂÒ¸ ÎË Ç˚ ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÔÛÎ¸Ú

‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl,

Ì‡ıÓ‰fl˘ËÈÒfl ÒÁ‡‰Ë ËÎË Ò·ÓÍÛ ËÎË Ì‡

‡ÒÒÚÓflÌËË ·ÓÎÂÂ 7 Ï ÓÚ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡?

ê‡ÒÔÓÎÓÊËÚÂ ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó

ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÒÔÂÂ‰Ë ÓÚ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡, Ì‡

‡ÒÒÚÓflÌËË ÌÂ ·ÓÎÂÂ 7 Ï ÓÚ ÌÂ„Ó.

• èË ÔÓÒÏÓÚÂ ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡

ÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ÏÂÌ˛ ÌÂÎ¸Áfl. ç‡ÊÏËÚÂ

ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TV/VIDEO ‰Îfl ÔÂÂÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËfl Ò

ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡ Ì‡ Ó·˚˜ÌÛ˛ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÛ Ë

ÔÓÒÎÂ ˝ÚÓ„Ó ÔÓÔÓ·ÛÈÚÂ ‚˚Á‚‡Ú¸ ÏÂÌ˛.

• çÂ ‚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌ ÎË áÄåéä éí ÑÖíÖâ? ÖÒÎË

ÙÛÌÍˆËfl áÄåéä éí ÑÖíÖâ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ‡

Ì‡ Çäã, ÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ÔÂÂ‰ÌËÏË

ÍÌÓÔÍ‡ÏË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ ÌÂÎ¸Áfl.

ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ áÄåéä éí ÑÖíÖâ Ì‡ Çõäã,

ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛfl ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆË˛ ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ

“áÄåéä éí ÑÖíÖâ” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 26.

• ÖÒÎË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ‚ÌÂÁ‡ÔÌÓ ÔÂÂÒÚ‡ÂÚ

‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸, ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜ËÚÂ ÔËÚ‡ÌËÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÓÈ

ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl. á‡ÚÂÏ Â˘Â ‡Á Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ

‰Îfl ‚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËfl ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl. ÖÒÎË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ

Ì‡˜ËÌ‡ÂÚ ÔÓÒÎÂ ˝ÚÓ„Ó ÌÓÏ‡Î¸ÌÓ

‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸, ÓÌ ËÒÔ‡‚ÂÌ.

• èË ÔËÂÏÂ Progressive ‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡ÎÓ‚

(ÒË„Ì‡ÎÓ‚ 525P) ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÂ ÙÛÌÍˆËË ÌÂ

‡·ÓÚ‡˛Ú;

èÛÎ¸Ú‡ ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl:

ZOOM, PIP, MULTI, FREEZE Ë ÍÌÓÔÍ‡

STROÇE.

îÛÌÍˆËË åÖçû:

óÖíäé, ñÇ. íéç, ñàîêéÇÄü ëèÇò,

Digipure Ë ZOOM.

41

LCT0959-001B-H_R/22-44

Black

41 7/3/1, 8:31 PM

42

ìÒÚ‡ÌÂÌËÂ ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ

ÑÛ„ËÂ ÔÓ·ÎÂÏ˚

• èË ‚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌÌÓÈ ÙÛÌÍˆËË íÄâåÖê

ÇõäãûóÖçàü ËÎË ÄÇíé ÇõäãûóÖçàÖ

ÔÓËÒıÓ‰ËÚ ‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍÓÂ

‚˚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËÂ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡. ÖÒÎË

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ‚ÌÂÁ‡ÔÌÓ ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜ËÎÒfl,

Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl POWER ‰Îfl Â„Ó

‚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËfl. ÖÒÎË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ Ì‡˜ËÌ‡ÂÚ

ÌÓÏ‡Î¸ÌÓ ‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸, ÓÌ ËÒÔ‡‚ÂÌ.

• ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ıÓÚËÚÂ, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÔË ÔÓ‰ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËË

Ì‡Û¯ÌËÍÓ‚ Á‚ÛÍ ËÁ „ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎÂÈ

íÇ ÌÂ ÔÓÒÚÛÔ‡Î, ËÁÏÂÌËÚÂ Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍÛ TV

ÉêéåäéÉéÇéê. ‚ ÏÂÌ˛ çÄ ìôç àäà Ì‡

Çõäã. èÓ‰Ó·Ì˚Â Ò‚Â‰ÂÌËfl ÒÏ. ÔÓ‰

Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÍÓÏ “çÄ ìôç àäà” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 25.

• ÖÒÎË ‚·ÎËÁË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ ÓÍ‡ÊÂÚÒfl

Ï‡„ÌËÚÌÓÂ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó, Ú‡ÍÓÂ Í‡Í

„ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎ¸, ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓËÁÓÈÚË

ËÒÍ‡ÊÂÌËÂ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ËÎË ‚ Û„Î‡ı

˝Í‡Ì‡ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓËÁÓÈÚË ËÒÍ‡ÊÂÌËÂ

ˆ‚ÂÚÓ‚. ì‰‡ÎËÚÂ Ï‡„ÌËÚÌÓÂ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó

ÓÚ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡. ÖÒÎË ÔÓÏÂıË ‚ÓÁÌËÍ‡˛Ú

ÓÚ „ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎÂÈ, ÔÂÂÈ‰ËÚÂ Ì‡

ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂ ˝Í‡ÌËÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚ı

„ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎÂÈ.

• àÁ-Á‡ ‚ÎËflÌËfl Ï‡„ÌËÚÌÓ„Ó ÔÓÎfl áÂÏÎË

ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓËÁÓÈÚË ÔÂÂÍÓÒ

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl. ÑÎfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÂÌËfl ÔÂÂÍÓÒ‡

ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÈÚÂ ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆË˛ ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ

“PICTURE TILT” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 23.

• èË ‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌËË Ú‡ÍËı ÓÔÂ‡ˆËÈ Í‡Í

ÔÂÂÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËÂ Ò ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡ Ì‡

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î ‚ÓÁÌËÍ‡ÂÚ Í‡ÚÍÓ‚ÂÏÂÌÌ˚È

ÔÂÂ˚‚ ‚ ÔÂÂ‰‡˜Â ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl. ùÚÓ

ÌÂ fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚ¸˛. ùÚÓÚ

ÔÂÂ˚‚ ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏ ‰Îfl ÒÚ‡·ËÎËÁ‡ˆËË


• èË ÂÁÍÓÏ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËË ÚÂÏÔÂ‡ÚÛ˚

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ÏÓÊÂÚ ËÁ‰‡‚‡Ú¸

ÔÓÚÂÒÍË‚‡ÌËÂ. ÖÒÎË ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ Ë

Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÂ ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËÂ ÔË ˝ÚÓÏ

ÌÓÏ‡Î¸Ì˚, ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ËÒÔ‡‚ÂÌ. ÖÒÎË

ÔË ‡·ÓÚÂ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ ÔÓÚÂÒÍË‚‡ÌËÂ

ÔÓËÒıÓ‰ËÚ ˜‡ÒÚÓ, ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌ˚ ‰Û„ËÂ

ÔË˜ËÌ˚ ˝ÚÓ„Ó fl‚ÎÂÌËfl – Ì‡ ‚ÒflÍËÈ

ÒÎÛ˜‡È ÏÓÊÌÓ ÔÓÔÓÒËÚ¸ Ï‡ÒÚÂ‡

ÔÓ‚ÂËÚ¸ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ.

LCT0959-001B-H_R/22-44

Black

42

• èË ÔËÍÓÒÌÓ‚ÂÌËË Í ˝Í‡ÌÛ

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ ÏÓÊÂÚ Ó˘Û˘‡Ú¸Òfl ÎÂ„ÍËÈ

˝ÎÂÍÚË˜ÂÒÍËÈ ‡Áfl‰ ÒÚ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍÓ„Ó

˝ÎÂÍÚË˜ÂÒÚ‚‡. ùÚÓ ÌÂÛÒÚ‡ÌËÏÓÂ fl‚ÎÂÌËÂ, Ò‚flÁ‡ÌÌÓÂ Ò ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚ÓÏ

ÍËÌÂÒÍÓÔ‡, ÓÌÓ ÌÂ fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl

ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚ¸˛. í‡ÍÓÈ ÒÚ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍËÈ

‡Áfl‰ ÌÂ ÔË˜ËÌflÂÚ ‚Â‰‡ Ó„‡ÌËÁÏÛ

˜ÂÎÓ‚ÂÍ‡.

7/3/1, 8:31 PM

Технические данные

íÂÎÂ‚Â˘‡ÚÂÎ¸Ì˚Â ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚: B, G, I, D, K, K1, M

ëËÒÚÂÏ˚ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË: PAL, SECAM, NTSC3.58/4,43 MHz

ä‡Ì‡Î˚ Ë ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ˚ ä‡Ì‡Î ÌËÁÍÓÈ VHF (VL) = 46,25 - 168,25 Éˆ

ä‡Ì‡Î ‚˚ÒÓÍÓÈ VHF (VH) = 175,25 - 463,25 Éˆ

ä‡Ì‡Î UHF (U) = 471,25 - 863,25 Éˆ

èËÌËÏ‡ÂÚ Í‡·ÂÎ¸Ì˚Â ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î˚ ‚ ÒÂ‰ÌÂÏ ‰Ë‡Ô‡ÁÓÌÂ

(X - Z + 2, S1 - S10), ÒÛÔÂ‰Ë‡Ô‡ÁÓÌÂ (S11 - S20) Ë „ËÔÂ‰Ë‡Ô‡ÁÓÌÂ

(S21 - S41).

ëËÒÚÂÏ˚ ÏÛÎ¸ÚËÔÎÂÍÒÌÓ„Ó A2 (B/G), NICAM (B/G, I, D/K)

Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËfl

ëËÒÚÂÏ˚ ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡

üÁ˚ÍË ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡

FLOF (Fastext), WST (World Standard Text)

ëÏ. Ú‡·ÎËˆÛ ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ “üáõä íÖãÖíÖäëíÄ” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 34.

èËÚ‡ÌËÂ

ÄÛ‰ËÓ‚˚ıÓ‰

è‡ÌÂÎ¸ VIDEO-1

èÂ. ÚÓÍ 110 - 240 Ç, 50/60 Éˆ

çÓÏËÌ‡Î¸Ì‡fl ‚˚ıÓ‰Ì‡fl ÏÓ˘ÌÓÒÚ¸: 20 ÇÚ + 20 ÇÚ

ê‡Á˙ÂÏ RCA X 3, ‡Á˙ÂÏ S-VIDEO X 1

• ÇË‰ÂÓ‚ıÓ‰, ‚ıÓ‰ S-VIDEO (Y/C) Ë ‡Û‰ËÓ‚ıÓ‰˚ L/R.

è‡ÌÂÎ¸ VIDEO-2 ê‡Á˙ÂÏ RCA X 3

• ÇË‰ÂÓ‚ıÓ‰ Ë ‡Û‰ËÓ‚ıÓ‰˚ L/R.

è‡ÌÂÎ¸ VIDEO-3/COMPONENT ê‡Á˙ÂÏ RCA X 5

• ÇË‰ÂÓ‚ıÓ‰/ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÌ˚È ‚Ë‰ÂÓ‚ıÓ‰ (Y/C‚/C

R

) Ë L/R ‡Û‰ËÓ‚ıÓ‰˚.

è‡ÌÂÎ¸ VIDEO-4

è‡ÌÂÎ¸ OUTPUT

• ç‡ ‚ıÓ‰ ÔÓ‰‡˛ÚÒfl Progressive ‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡Î˚ (ÒË„Ì‡Î˚ 525P).

ê‡Á˙ÂÏ RCA X 3, ‡Á˙ÂÏ S-VIDEO X 1

• ÇË‰ÂÓ‚ıÓ‰, ‚ıÓ‰ S-VIDEO (Y/C) Ë L/R ‡Û‰ËÓ‚ıÓ‰˚.

ê‡Á˙ÂÏ RCA X 3,

• ÇË‰ÂÓ‚˚ıÓ‰ Ë ‡Û‰ËÓ‚˚ıÓ‰˚ L/R.

ÉÌÂÁ‰Ó „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚ ëÚÂÂÓÙÓÌË˜ÂÒÍÓÂ ÏËÌË„ÌÂÁ‰Ó (‰Ë‡ÏÂÚ 3,5 ÏÏ)

ÑÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂÎ¸Ì˚Â ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡ èÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl X 1 (RM-C214)

ÉÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎË

Å‡Ú‡ÂÈÍË AA/R6 X 2

HV-L34PRO: (12 x 3,5 ÒÏ), Ó‚‡Î¸Ì˚È, x2;

èÓÚÂ·ÎflÂÏ‡fl ÏÓ˘ÌÓÒÚ¸

HV-L29PRO: (10 x 3,5 ÒÏ), Ó‚‡Î¸Ì˚È, x2

HV-L34PRO: å‡ÍÒËÏ‡Î¸Ì‡fl 255 ÇÚ, ÒÂ‰Ìflfl 170 ÇÚ

HV-L29PRO: å‡ÍÒËÏ‡Î¸Ì‡fl 254 ÇÚ, ÒÂ‰Ìflfl 170 ÇÚ

HV-L34PRO: äËÌÂÒÍÓÔ 87ÒÏ ê‡ÁÏÂ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl 80 ÒÏ ê‡ÁÏÂ ÍËÌÂÒÍÓÔ‡

(ÔÓ ‰Ë‡„ÓÌ‡ÎË)

É‡·‡ËÚ˚ (Ñ X Ç X ò)

ÇÂÒ

HV-L29PRO: äËÌÂÒÍÓÔ 73ÒÏ ê‡ÁÏÂ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl 68 ÒÏ

HV-L34PRO: 898 ÏÏ X 728 ÏÏ X 579 ÏÏ

HV-L29PRO: 732 ÏÏ X 588 ÏÏ X 518 ÏÏ

HV-L34PRO: 75 Í„

HV-L29PRO: 48 Í„

Конструкция и технические данные могут быть изменены без уведомления.

àÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl, ÔÓÎÛ˜‡ÂÏ˚Â Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ‚ ÂÁÛÎ¸Ú‡ÚÂ ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl ÙÛÌÍˆËÈ ZOOM

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡, Á‡ÔÂ˘‡ÂÚÒfl ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ‰Îfl Í‡ÍËı-ÎË·Ó ÍÓÏÏÂ˜ÂÒÍËı ËÎË

‰ÂÏÓÌÒÚ‡ˆËÓÌÌ˚ı ˆÂÎÂÈ ‚ Ó·˘ÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚ı ÏÂÒÚ‡ı (Í‡ÙÂ, „ÓÒÚËÌËˆ‡ı Ë Ú.Ô.) ·ÂÁ ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl

ÔÂ‰‚‡ËÚÂÎ¸ÌÓ„Ó ÒÓ„Î‡ÒËfl ÓÚ ‚Î‡‰ÂÎ¸ˆÂ‚ ‡‚ÚÓÒÍËı Ô‡‚ Ì‡ ËÒıÓ‰Ì˚È ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ


43

LCT0959-001B-H_R/22-44

Black

43 7/3/1, 8:31 PM

VICTOR COMPANY OF JAPAN, LIMITED

LCT0959-001B-H_R/22-44

Black

44 7/3/1, 8:31 PM

No results